]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Merged from emacs@sv.gnu.org.
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17817 14124))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17817 13973))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
69
70 ;;;***
71 \f
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (17817 13973))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
75
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
78
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
80
81 ;;;***
82 \f
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (17778 50475))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
86
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
93
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
95
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
101
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
104
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
107
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
110
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
112
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
115
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
118
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
124
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
127
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
134
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
139
140 \(fn)" t nil)
141
142 ;;;***
143 \f
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17778 50475))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
147
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
150
151 \(fn)" t nil)
152
153 ;;;***
154 \f
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17817 13969))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
158
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
162
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
164
165 ;;;***
166 \f
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17817 16160))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
173
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
178
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
180
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
184
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
186
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
193
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
195
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
198
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
200
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
203
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
208
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
212
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
216
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
218
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
223
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
226
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
228
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
232
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
236
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
240
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
243
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
245
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
250
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
253
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
261
262 \(fn)" t nil)
263
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
269
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
272
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
275
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
278
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
284
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
286
287 \(fn)" nil nil)
288
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
293 or a buffer.
294
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
297
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
299
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
302
303 \(fn)" t nil)
304
305 ;;;***
306 \f
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17817 13982))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
311
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
322
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
324
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
333
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
335
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
338
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
340
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
343
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
345
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
358
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
360
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
377
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
379
380 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
383
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
386 BODY... )
387
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
402
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
407
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
410
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
413
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
416
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
421
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
427 during preloading.
428
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
430
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
432
433 ;;;***
434 \f
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17817 15485))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
439
440 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
447
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
451
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
456
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
469 options.
470
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
473
474 Fred (123) 456-7890
475 Alice (123) 456-7890
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
477 Joe (123) 456-7890
478
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
482
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
484
485 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
490 align that section.
491
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
493
494 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
501
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
503
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
510 to be colored.
511
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
513
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
516
517 \(fn)" t nil)
518
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
521
522 \(fn)" t nil)
523
524 ;;;***
525 \f
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17817 16945))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
529
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
531
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
533
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
535
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
537
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
539
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
541
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
543
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
545
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
547
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
549
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
551
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
553
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
555
556 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
557
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
559
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
561
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
564 \\<allout-mode-map>
565
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
568
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
574 outline.)
575
576 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586
587 and many other features.
588
589 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
590 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
591 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
592 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
593 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594
595 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
596 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
597 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
598 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
600 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
601 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
602 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
603
604 Exposure Control:
605 ----------------
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
611
612 Navigation:
613 ----------
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
624
625
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
631
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
637 current topic
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
644
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
655
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
660
661 Misc commands:
662 -------------
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
665 for `allout-layout'.
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
674 format.
675 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
676 auto-activation.
677
678 Topic Encryption
679
680 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
681 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
682 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
683 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
684
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
687 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
688 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
689
690 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
691 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
692 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
693 pitfalls.
694
695 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
696 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
697 for details.
698
699 HOT-SPOT Operation
700
701 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
702 navigation and exposure control.
703
704 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
705 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
706 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
707 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
708 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
709
710 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
711 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
712 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
713 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
714 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
715
716 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
717 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
718 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
719 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
720 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
721 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
722 at the beginning of the current entry.
723
724 Extending Allout
725
726 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
727 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
728 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
729
730 `allout-mode-hook'
731 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
732 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
733 `allout-structure-added-hook'
734 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
735 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
736
737 Terminology
738
739 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
740
741 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
742 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
743 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
744 CURRENT ITEM:
745 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
746 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
747 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
748 called the:
749 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
750
751 ANCESTORS:
752 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
753 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
754 of the ITEM.
755 OFFSPRING:
756 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
757 SUBTOPIC:
758 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
759 CHILD:
760 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
761 SIBLINGS:
762 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
763
764 Topic text constituents:
765
766 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
767 text.
768 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
769 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
770 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
771 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
772 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
773 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
774 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
775 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
776 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
777 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
778 the PREFIX.
779
780 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
781 of the ITEM.
782 PREFIX-LEAD:
783 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
784 It can be customized by changing the setting of
785 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
786
787 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
788 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
789 program code without interfering with processing of the text
790 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
791 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
792 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
793 docstring for more detail.
794 PREFIX-PADDING:
795 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
796 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
797 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
798 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
799 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. (See the documentation
800 for these variables for more details.) The default choice of
801 BULLET when generating ITEMs varies in a cycle with the DEPTH of
802 the ITEM.
803
804 EXPOSURE:
805 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
806 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
807 CONCEALED:
808 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
809 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
810
811 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
812 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
813 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
814
815 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
816
817 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
818
819 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
820 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
821
822 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
823 setup for auto-startup.
824
825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
826
827 ;;;***
828 \f
829 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
830 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17817 15940))
831 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
832
833 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
834
835 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
836 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
837 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
838 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
839 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
840 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
841
842 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
843
844 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
845 Not documented
846
847 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
848
849 ;;;***
850 \f
851 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
852 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17383 38807))
853 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
854
855 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
856 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
857 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
858 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
859 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
860 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
861 in the current window.
862
863 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
864
865 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
866 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
867 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
868
869 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
870
871 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
872 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
873 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
874
875 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
876
877 ;;;***
878 \f
879 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
880 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17390 26934))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
882
883 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
884 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
885
886 \(fn)" t nil)
887
888 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
889 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
890
891 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
892 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
893 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
894 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
895
896 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
897 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
898
899 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
900
901 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
902
903 ;;;***
904 \f
905 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
906 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17490 7905))
907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
908
909 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
910 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
911 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
912 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
913 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
914 \\[yank].
915
916 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
917 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
918 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
919 the rules.
920
921 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
922 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
923 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
924 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
925
926 \(fn)" t nil)
927
928 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
929 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
930 \\{antlr-mode-map}
931
932 \(fn)" t nil)
933
934 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
935 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
936 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
937
938 \(fn)" nil nil)
939
940 ;;;***
941 \f
942 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
943 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
944 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
945 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17713 5989))
946 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
947
948 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
949 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
950 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
951 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
952
953 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
954
955 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
956 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
957
958 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
959
960 (defvar appt-audible t "\
961 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
962
963 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
964
965 (defvar appt-visible t "\
966 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
967 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
968
969 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
970
971 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
972 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
973 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
974
975 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
976
977 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
978 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
979 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
980
981 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
982
983 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
984 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
985 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
986
987 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
988
989 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
990 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
991 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
992
993 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
994
995 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
996 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
997 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
998
999 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
1000
1001 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
1002 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1003
1004 \(fn)" t nil)
1005
1006 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
1007 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1008 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1009 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1010 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1011 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1012 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1013
1014 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1015 function.
1016
1017 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1018 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1019
1020 \(fn)" nil nil)
1021
1022 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
1023 Toggle checking of appointments.
1024 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1025 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1026
1027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1028
1029 ;;;***
1030 \f
1031 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1032 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1033 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17778 50472))
1034 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1035
1036 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
1037 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1038 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1039 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1040
1041 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1042 kind of objects to search.
1043
1044 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1045
1046 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1047 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1048 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1049 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1050 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1051 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1052
1053 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1054 normal variables.
1055
1056 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1057
1058 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1059
1060 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1061 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1062 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1063 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1064 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1065 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1066
1067 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1068 noninteractive functions.
1069
1070 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1071 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1072
1073 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1074 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1075
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1077
1078 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1079 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1080
1081 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1082
1083 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1084 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1085 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1086 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1087
1088 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1089 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1090 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1091 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1092
1093 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1094 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1095
1096 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1097
1098 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1099
1100 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1101 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1102 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1103 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1104 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1105 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1106
1107 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1108 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1109 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1110
1111 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1112
1113 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1114 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1115 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1116 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1117 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1118 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1119
1120 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1121 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1122 bindings.
1123 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1124
1125 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1126
1127 ;;;***
1128 \f
1129 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17817
1130 ;;;;;; 13973))
1131 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1132
1133 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1134 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1135 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1136 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1137 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1138 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1139
1140 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1141 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1142 archive.
1143
1144 \\{archive-mode-map}
1145
1146 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1147
1148 ;;;***
1149 \f
1150 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17817 13973))
1151 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1152
1153 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1154 Major mode for editing arrays.
1155
1156 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1157 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1158 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1159
1160 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1161
1162 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1163 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1164 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1165
1166 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1167 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1168 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1169 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1170 The variables are:
1171
1172 Variables you assign:
1173 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1174 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1175 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1176 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1177 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1178 row numbers in the buffer.
1179
1180 Variables which are calculated:
1181 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1182 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1183
1184 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1185 take a numeric prefix argument):
1186
1187 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1188 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1189 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1190 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1191
1192 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1193 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1194 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1195 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1196
1197 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1198 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1199 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1200 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1201
1202 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1203 between that of point and mark.
1204
1205 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1206 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1207
1208 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1209 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1210 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1211 newlines inside rows)
1212
1213 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1214
1215 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1216
1217 \(fn)" t nil)
1218
1219 ;;;***
1220 \f
1221 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17524
1222 ;;;;;; 8598))
1223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1224
1225 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1226 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1227 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1228 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1229
1230 How to quit artist mode
1231
1232 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1233
1234
1235 How to submit a bug report
1236
1237 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1238
1239
1240 Drawing with the mouse:
1241
1242 mouse-2
1243 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1244 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1245 below).
1246
1247 mouse-1
1248 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1249 or pastes:
1250
1251 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1252 --------------------------------------------------------------
1253 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1254 to new point
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1257 --------------------------------------------------------------
1258 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1259 --------------------------------------------------------------
1260 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1261 --------------------------------------------------------------
1262 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1263 --------------------------------------------------------------
1264 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1265 --------------------------------------------------------------
1266 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1267 --------------------------------------------------------------
1268 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1269 --------------------------------------------------------------
1270 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1271 lines
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1274 --------------------------------------------------------------
1275 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1277 Paste Paste Paste
1278 --------------------------------------------------------------
1279 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1280 --------------------------------------------------------------
1281
1282 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1283 or diagonally.
1284
1285 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1286 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1287 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1288 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1289 poly-lines.
1290
1291 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1292 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1293 overwrite means the opposite.
1294
1295 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1296 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1297 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1298
1299 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1300
1301 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1302 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1303
1304 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1305 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1306 are currently drawing something.
1307
1308 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1309 some time to fill.
1310
1311
1312 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1313 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1314
1315
1316 Settings
1317
1318 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1319
1320 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1321
1322 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1323
1324 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1325
1326 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1327 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1328
1329 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1330
1331
1332 Drawing with keys
1333
1334 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1335 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1336 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1337 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1338 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1339 When pasting: Pastes
1340
1341 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1342
1343 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1344
1345 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1346 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1347 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1348 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1349 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1350 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1351
1352
1353 Arrows
1354
1355 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1356 of the line/poly-line
1357
1358 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1359 of the line/poly-line
1360
1361
1362 Selecting operation
1363
1364 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1365
1366 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1367 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1368 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1369 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1370 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1372 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1373 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1374 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1375 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1376 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1377 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1378 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1379 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1380 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1381 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1382 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1384 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1385 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1386
1387
1388 Variables
1389
1390 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1391 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1392
1393 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1394 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1395 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1396 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1397 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1398 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1399 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1400 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1401 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1402 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1403 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1404 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1405 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1406 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1407 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1408 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1409 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1410 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1411 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1412
1413 Hooks
1414
1415 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1416 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1417
1418
1419 Keymap summary
1420
1421 \\{artist-mode-map}
1422
1423 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1424
1425 ;;;***
1426 \f
1427 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17490
1428 ;;;;;; 7930))
1429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1430
1431 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1432 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1433 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1434
1435 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1437 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1438 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1439
1440 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1441 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1442
1443 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1444 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1445
1446 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1447
1448 Special commands:
1449 \\{asm-mode-map}
1450
1451 \(fn)" t nil)
1452
1453 ;;;***
1454 \f
1455 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1456 ;;;;;; (17279 27080))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1458
1459 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1460 Obsolete.")
1461
1462 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1463
1464 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1465 This command is obsolete.
1466
1467 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1468
1469 ;;;***
1470 \f
1471 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1472 ;;;;;; (17817 13973))
1473 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1474
1475 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1476 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1477 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1478
1479 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1480
1481 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1482 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1483 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1484 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1485 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1486 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1487 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1488 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1489 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1490 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1491
1492 For example:
1493 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1494 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1495 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1496 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1497 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1498
1499 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1500
1501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1502
1503 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1504 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1505 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1506 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1507 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1508 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1509
1510 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1511
1512 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1513 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1514 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1515 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1516 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1517 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1518
1519 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1520
1521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1522
1523 ;;;***
1524 \f
1525 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1526 ;;;;;; (17817 14147))
1527 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1528
1529 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1530 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1531
1532 \(fn)" t nil)
1533
1534 ;;;***
1535 \f
1536 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1537 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17817 13973))
1538 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1539
1540 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1541 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1542 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1543
1544 \(fn)" t nil)
1545
1546 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1547 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1548 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1549 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1550
1551 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1552
1553 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1554 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1555 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1556 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1557 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1558 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1559
1560 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1561
1562 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1563 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1564 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1565 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1566
1567 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1568 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1569
1570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1571
1572 ;;;***
1573 \f
1574 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1575 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1576 ;;;;;; (17611 8435))
1577 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1578
1579 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1580 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1581 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1582 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1583 save the buffer too.
1584
1585 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1586
1587 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1588
1589 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1590 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1591 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1592 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1593 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1594 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1595
1596 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1597 directory or directories specified.
1598
1599 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1600
1601 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1602 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1603 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1604
1605 \(fn)" nil nil)
1606
1607 ;;;***
1608 \f
1609 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1610 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1611 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17505 62410))
1612 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1613
1614 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1615 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1616
1617 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1618 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1619 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1620 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1621 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1622
1623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1624
1625 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1626 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1627
1628 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1629 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1630
1631 \(fn)" nil nil)
1632
1633 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1634 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1635 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1636
1637 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1638 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1639 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1640 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1641 reflected in the current buffer.
1642
1643 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1644 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1645 writing before you save the file!
1646
1647 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1648
1649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1650
1651 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1652 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1653
1654 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1655 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1656
1657 \(fn)" nil nil)
1658
1659 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1660 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1661 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1662 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1663 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1664
1665 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1666
1667 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1668 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1669
1670 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1671 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1672 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1673
1674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1675
1676 ;;;***
1677 \f
1678 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1679 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17817 13974))
1680 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1681
1682 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1683 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1684 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1685 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1686 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1687
1688 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1689
1690 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1691 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1692 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1693 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1694
1695 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1696 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1697 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1698
1699 Effects of the different modes:
1700 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1701 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1702 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1703 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1704 a random distance & direction.
1705 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1706 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1707 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1708
1709 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1710
1711 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1712 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1713 definition of \"random distance\".)
1714
1715 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1716
1717 ;;;***
1718 \f
1719 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1720 ;;;;;; (17390 26937))
1721 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1722
1723 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1724 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1725
1726 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1727 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1728
1729 For example:
1730
1731 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1732 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1733 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1734 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1735
1736 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1737
1738 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1739
1740 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1741
1742 ;;;***
1743 \f
1744 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1745 ;;;;;; (17778 50472))
1746 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1747 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1748
1749 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1750 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1751 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1752 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1753
1754 \(fn)" t nil)
1755
1756 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1757 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1758 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1760 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1761 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1762
1763 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1764
1765 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1766 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1767 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1768 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1769 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1770 seconds.
1771
1772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1773
1774 ;;;***
1775 \f
1776 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1777 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17390 26937))
1778 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1779
1780 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1781 Time execution of FORMS.
1782 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1783 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1784 FORMS once.
1785 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1786 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1787 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1788
1789 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1790
1791 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1792 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1793 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1794 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1795 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1796
1797 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1798
1799 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1800 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1801 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1802 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1803 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1804
1805 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1806
1807 ;;;***
1808 \f
1809 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17817
1810 ;;;;;; 14127))
1811 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1812
1813 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1814 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1815
1816 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1817
1818 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1819 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1820 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1821 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1822
1823 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1824 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1825 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1826 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1827 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1828
1829 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1830 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1831
1832
1833 Special information:
1834
1835 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1836
1837 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1838 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1839 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1840 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1841 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1842 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1843 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1844 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1845 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1846 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1847 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1848
1849 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1850 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1851 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1852 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1853 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1854 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1855 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1856 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1857
1858 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1859
1860 ----------------------------------------------------------
1861 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1862 if that value is non-nil.
1863
1864 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1865
1866 \(fn)" t nil)
1867
1868 ;;;***
1869 \f
1870 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1871 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1872 ;;;;;; (17383 38804))
1873 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1874
1875 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1876
1877 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1878 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1879 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1880
1881 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1882
1883 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1884 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1885
1886 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1887
1888 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1889 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1890
1891 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1892
1893 ;;;***
1894 \f
1895 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17383
1896 ;;;;;; 38807))
1897 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1898
1899 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1900 Play blackbox.
1901 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1902
1903 What is blackbox?
1904
1905 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1906 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1907 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1908 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1909 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1910 your score.
1911
1912 Overview of play:
1913
1914 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1915 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1916 four.
1917
1918 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1919 movement keys.
1920
1921 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1922 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1923
1924 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1925 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1926
1927 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1928 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1929 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1930 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1931 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1932 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1933
1934 Details:
1935
1936 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1937
1938 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1939 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1940 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1941 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1942
1943 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1944 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1945 denoted by the letter `R'.
1946
1947 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1948 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1949 denoted by the letter `H'.
1950
1951 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1952 example.
1953
1954 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1955 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1956 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1957 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1958 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1959 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1960 ray.
1961
1962 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1963 degree deflection it causes.
1964
1965 1
1966 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1967 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1968 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1969 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1970 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1971 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1972 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1973 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1974 2 3
1975
1976 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1977 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1978
1979
1980 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1981 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1982 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1983 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1984 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1985 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1986 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1987 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1988
1989 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1990 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1991 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1992 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1993 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1994 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1995 emerging from the box.
1996
1997 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1998
1999 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2000 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2001 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2002 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2003 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2004 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2005 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2006 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2007
2008 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2009 a reflection.
2010
2011 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2012
2013 ;;;***
2014 \f
2015 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2016 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2017 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2018 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17390 26935))
2019 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2020 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2021 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2022 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2023
2024 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2025 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2026 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2027 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2028 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2029 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2030 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2031 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2032 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
2033 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2034 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
2035 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2036 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2037 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
2038 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2039 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2040 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2041 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2042 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2043
2044 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
2045 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2046 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2047 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2048 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2049 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2050 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2051 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2052 recent one.
2053
2054 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2055 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2056 yank successive words.
2057
2058 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2059 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2060 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2061 name of the file being visited.
2062
2063 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2064 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2065 the list of bookmarks.)
2066
2067 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2068
2069 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2070 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2071 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2072 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2073 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2074 this.
2075
2076 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2077 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2078 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2079 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2080
2081 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2082
2083 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2084 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2085 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2086 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2087 after a bookmark was set in it.
2088
2089 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2090
2091 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2092 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2093 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2094 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2095
2096 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2097
2098 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2099
2100 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2101 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2102 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2103 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2104
2105 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2106 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2107 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2108
2109 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2110 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2111 name.
2112
2113 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2114
2115 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2116 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2117 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2118 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2119 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2120 this.
2121
2122 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2123
2124 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2125 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2126 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2127 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2128 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2129 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2130 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2131 probably because we were called from there.
2132
2133 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2134
2135 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2136 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2137 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2138
2139 \(fn)" t nil)
2140
2141 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2142 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2143 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2144 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2145 \(second argument).
2146
2147 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2148 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2149 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2150 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2151 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2152
2153 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2154 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2155 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2156 `bookmark-default-file'.
2157
2158 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2159
2160 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2161 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2162 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2163 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2164 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2165 while loading.
2166
2167 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2168 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2169 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2170 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2171 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2172 explicitly.
2173
2174 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2175 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2176 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2177 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2178
2179 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2180
2181 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2182 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2183 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2184 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2185 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2186
2187 \(fn)" t nil)
2188
2189 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2190
2191 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2192
2193 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2194
2195 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2196
2197 ;;;***
2198 \f
2199 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2200 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2201 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2202 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2203 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2204 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2205 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2206 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2207 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2208 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17817 13984))
2209 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2210
2211 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2212 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2213 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2214 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2215
2216 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2217 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2218 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2219 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2220 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2221
2222 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2223
2224 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2225 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2226
2227 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2228
2229 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2230 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2231
2232 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2233
2234 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2235 Not documented
2236
2237 \(fn)" nil nil)
2238
2239 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2240 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2241 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2242 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2243 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2244 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2245
2246 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2247
2248 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2249 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2250 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2251 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2252 narrowed.
2253
2254 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2255
2256 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2257 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2258
2259 \(fn)" t nil)
2260
2261 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2262 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2263
2264 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2265
2266 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2267 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2268 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2269 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2270
2271 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2272
2273 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2274 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2275 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2276 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2277
2278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2279
2280 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2281 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2282 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2283 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2284 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2285 to use.
2286
2287 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2288
2289 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2290 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2291 Default to the URL around or before point.
2292
2293 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2294 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2295 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2296 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2297
2298 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2299 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2300
2301 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2302 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2303 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2304
2305 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2306
2307 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2308 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2309 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2310 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2311
2312 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2313 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2314 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2315 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2316
2317 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2318 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2319 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2320
2321 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2322 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2323
2324 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2325
2326 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2327 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2328 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2329 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2330
2331 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2332 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2333 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2334 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2335
2336 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2337 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2338 new tab in an existing window instead.
2339
2340 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2341 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2342
2343 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2344
2345 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2346 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2347 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2348 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2349 Firefox.
2350
2351 When called interactively, if variable
2352 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2353 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2354 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2355 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2356
2357 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2358 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2359 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2360
2361 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2362 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2363
2364 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2365 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2366 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2367 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2368 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2369 URL in a new window.
2370
2371 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2372
2373 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2375 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2376 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2377
2378 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2379 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2380 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2381 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2382
2383 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2384 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2385 new tab in an existing window instead.
2386
2387 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2388 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2389
2390 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2391
2392 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2393 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2394 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2395 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2396
2397 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2398 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2399 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2400 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2401
2402 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2403 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2404
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2406
2407 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2408 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2409
2410 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2411 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2412 program is invoked according to the variable
2413 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2414
2415 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2416 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2417 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2418 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2419
2420 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2421 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422
2423 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2424
2425 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2426 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2427 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2428 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2429
2430 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2431
2432 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2433 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2434 Default to the URL around or before point.
2435
2436 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2437 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2438 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2439
2440 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2441 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2442 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2443 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2444
2445 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2446 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2447
2448 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2449
2450 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2451 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2452 Default to the URL around or before point.
2453
2454 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2455
2456 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2457 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2458 Default to the URL around or before point.
2459
2460 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2461 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2462 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2463
2464 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2465 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2466
2467 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2468
2469 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2470 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2471 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2472 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2473
2474 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2475
2476 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2477 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2478 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2479 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2480 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2481
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2483
2484 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2485 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2486 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2487 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2488
2489 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2490 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2491 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2492 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2493
2494 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2495 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2496
2497 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2498
2499 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2500 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2501 Default to the URL around or before point.
2502
2503 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2504
2505 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2506 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2507 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2508 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2509 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2510 current one.
2511
2512 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2513 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2514 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2515 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2516
2517 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2518 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2519
2520 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2521
2522 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2523 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2524 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2525 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2526 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2527 don't offer a form of remote control.
2528
2529 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2530
2531 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2532 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2533 Default to the URL around or before point.
2534
2535 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2536
2537 ;;;***
2538 \f
2539 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17817
2540 ;;;;;; 14124))
2541 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2542
2543 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2544 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2545
2546 \(fn)" t nil)
2547
2548 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2549 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2550
2551 \(fn)" nil nil)
2552
2553 ;;;***
2554 \f
2555 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2556 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17817 16161))
2557 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2558
2559 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2560 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2561 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2562 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2563
2564 \(fn)" t nil)
2565
2566 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2567 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2568 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2569 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2570
2571 \(fn)" t nil)
2572
2573 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2574 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2575
2576 \(fn)" t nil)
2577
2578 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2579 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2580 \\<bs-mode-map>
2581 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2582 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2583 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2584 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2585
2586 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2587 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2588 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2589 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2590 name of buffer configuration.
2591
2592 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2593
2594 ;;;***
2595 \f
2596 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2597 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17390
2598 ;;;;;; 26935))
2599 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2600
2601 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2602 Keymap used by buttons.")
2603
2604 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2605 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2606 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2607
2608 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2609 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2610 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2611 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2612 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2613 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2614
2615 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2616 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2617 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2618 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2619
2620 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2621
2622 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2623 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2624 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2625 specifying properties to add to the button.
2626 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2627 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2628 `define-button-type'.
2629
2630 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2631
2632 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2633
2634 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2635 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2636 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2637 specifying properties to add to the button.
2638 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2639 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2640 `define-button-type'.
2641
2642 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2643
2644 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2645
2646 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2647 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2648 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2649 specifying properties to add to the button.
2650 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2651 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2652 `define-button-type'.
2653
2654 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2655 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2656 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2657 `make-text-button'.
2658
2659 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2660
2661 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2662
2663 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2664 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2665 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2666 specifying properties to add to the button.
2667 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2668 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2669 `define-button-type'.
2670
2671 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2672 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2673 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2674 `insert-text-button'.
2675
2676 Also see `make-text-button'.
2677
2678 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2679
2680 ;;;***
2681 \f
2682 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2683 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2684 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2685 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2686 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17778 50473))
2687 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2688 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2689 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2690
2691 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2692 Not documented
2693
2694 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2695
2696 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2697 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2698 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2699
2700 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2701
2702 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2703 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2704 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2705 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2706
2707 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2708 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2709 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2710 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2711 whether to compile it.
2712
2713 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2714
2715 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2716 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2717
2718 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2719 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2720
2721 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2722 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2723 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2724 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2725 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2726
2727 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2728
2729 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2730 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2731 Print the result in the echo area.
2732 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2733
2734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2735
2736 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2737 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2738 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2739
2740 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2741
2742 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2743 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2744 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2745 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2746 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2747 all functions called by those functions.
2748
2749 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2750 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2751 cons, etc.).
2752
2753 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2754 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2755 invoked interactively.
2756
2757 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2758
2759 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2760 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2761 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2762 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2763
2764 \(fn)" nil nil)
2765
2766 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2767 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2768 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2769 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2770 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2771 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2772 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2773 already up-to-date.
2774
2775 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2776
2777 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2778 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2779 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2780 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2781
2782 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2783 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2784 and corresponding effects.
2785
2786 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2787
2788 ;;;***
2789 \f
2790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17817 16161))
2791 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2792
2793 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2794
2795 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2796
2797 ;;;***
2798 \f
2799 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2800 ;;;;;; (17390 27324))
2801 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2802
2803 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2804 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2805 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2806 from the cursor position.
2807
2808 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2809
2810 ;;;***
2811 \f
2812 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2813 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2814 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2815 ;;;;;; (17713 5989))
2816 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2817
2818 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2819 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2820
2821 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2822 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2823
2824 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2825 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2826
2827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2828
2829 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2830 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2831
2832 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2833
2834 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2835 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2836
2837 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2838
2839 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2840 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2841
2842 \(fn)" t nil)
2843
2844 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2845 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2846 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2847 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2848
2849 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2850
2851 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2852 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2853 This is most useful in the X window system.
2854 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2855 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2856
2857 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2858
2859 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2860 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2861 See calc-keypad for details.
2862
2863 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2864
2865 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2866 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2867
2868 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2869
2870 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2871 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2872
2873 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2874
2875 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2876 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2877
2878 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2879
2880 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2881 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2882 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2883
2884 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2885
2886 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2887 Not documented
2888
2889 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2890
2891 ;;;***
2892 \f
2893 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17390
2894 ;;;;;; 26935))
2895 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2896
2897 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2898 Run the Emacs calculator.
2899 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2900
2901 \(fn)" t nil)
2902
2903 ;;;***
2904 \f
2905 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2906 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2907 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2908 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2909 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2910 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2911 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2912 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2913 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2914 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2915 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2916 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2917 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2918 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2919 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2920 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2921 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2922 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17817 16151))
2923 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2924
2925 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2926 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2927 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2928 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2929 the screen.")
2930
2931 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2932
2933 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2934 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2935 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2936 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2937 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2938 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2939
2940 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2941
2942 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2943 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2944 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2945
2946 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2947
2948 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2949 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2950 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2951
2952 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2953
2954 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2955 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2956 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2957 displayed.")
2958
2959 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2960
2961 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2962 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2963 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2964
2965 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2966
2967 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2968 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2969 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2970
2971 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2972
2973 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2974
2975 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2976 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2977 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2978
2979 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2980 calendar.")
2981
2982 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2983
2984 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2985 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2986 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2987
2988 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2989 calendar.")
2990
2991 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2992
2993 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2994 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2995 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2996
2997 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2998 calendar.")
2999
3000 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3001
3002 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
3003 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
3004 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
3005
3006 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
3007
3008 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
3009 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3010 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3011 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3012 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3013
3014 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3015
3016 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3017 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3018 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3019 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3020 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3021 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3022 a function is also provided for this:
3023 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3024
3025 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3026 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3027 date is not visible in the window.
3028
3029 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3030 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3031 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3032
3033 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3034
3035 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3036 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3037
3038 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3039 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3040 date is visible in the window.
3041
3042 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3043 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3044 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3045
3046 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3047
3048 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3049 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3050
3051 For example,
3052
3053 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3054
3055 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3056
3057 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3058
3059 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3060 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3061
3062 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3063 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3064
3065 MONTH/DAY
3066 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3067 MONTHNAME DAY
3068 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3069 DAYNAME
3070
3071 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3072 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3073 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3074 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3075 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3076 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3077 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3078 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3079 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3080 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3081 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3082 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3083 in every week.
3084
3085 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3086 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3087 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3088 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3089
3090 DAY/MONTH
3091 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3092 DAY MONTHNAME
3093 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3094 DAYNAME
3095
3096 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3097 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3098
3099 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3100 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3101 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3102 window but will appear in a diary window.
3103
3104 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3105 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3106
3107 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3108 entries (in the default American style):
3109
3110 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3111 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3112 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3113 21: Payday
3114 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3115 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3116 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3117 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3118 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3119 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3120 &* 15 time cards due.
3121
3122 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3123 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3124 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3125 single diary entry
3126
3127 02/11/1989
3128 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3129 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3130 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3131 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3132 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3133 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3134
3135 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3136 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3137 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3138
3139 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3140
3141 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3142
3143 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3144 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3145 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3146 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3147 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3148 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3149 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3150 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3151 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3152 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3153 details.
3154
3155 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3156 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3157 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3158 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3159 documentation for these functions for details.
3160
3161 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3162 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3163
3164 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3165
3166 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3167 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3168
3169 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3170
3171 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3172 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3173
3174 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3175
3176 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3177 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3178
3179 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3180
3181 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3182 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3183
3184 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3185
3186 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3187 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3188 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3189
3190 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3191
3192 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3193 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3194 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3195
3196 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3197
3198 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3199 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3200 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3201 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3202 full.")
3203
3204 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3205
3206 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3207 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3208 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3209 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3210 are
3211
3212 DAY/MONTH
3213 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3214 DAY MONTHNAME
3215 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3216 DAYNAME
3217
3218 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3219 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3220 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3221
3222 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3223 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3224 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3225 `american-calendar'.")
3226
3227 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3228
3229 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3230 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3231 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3232
3233 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3234
3235 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3236 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3237 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3238
3239 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3240
3241 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3242 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3243 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3244
3245 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3246
3247 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3248 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3249 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3250
3251 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3252
3253 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3254 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3255 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3256 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3257 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3258 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3259
3260 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3261
3262 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3263 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3264 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3265
3266 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3267 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3268 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3269 of the form
3270
3271 #include \"filename\"
3272
3273 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3274 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3275 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3276 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3277 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3278
3279 For example, you could use
3280
3281 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3282 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3283 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3284
3285 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3286 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3287 lexicographic order.")
3288
3289 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3290
3291 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3292 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3293 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3294
3295 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3296
3297 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3298 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3299 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3300 diary display.
3301
3302 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3303 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3304 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3305 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3306 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3307 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3308 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3309
3310 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3311 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3312 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3313 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3314 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3315 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3316 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3317 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3318
3319 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" t)
3320
3321 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3322 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3323 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3324 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3325 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3326 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3327 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3328
3329 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3330
3331 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3332 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3333
3334 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3335 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3336 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3337 of the form
3338 #include \"filename\"
3339 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3340 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3341 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3342 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3343 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3344
3345 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3346
3347 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3348 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3349 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3350 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3351 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3352 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3353 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3354
3355 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3356
3357 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3358 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3359 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3360 are holidays.")
3361
3362 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3363
3364 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3365 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3366 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3367 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3368 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3369
3370 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3371
3372 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3373
3374 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3375 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3376 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3377
3378 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3379
3380 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3381
3382 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3383 Oriental holidays.
3384 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3385
3386 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3387
3388 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3389
3390 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3391 Local holidays.
3392 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3393
3394 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3395
3396 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3397
3398 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3399 User defined holidays.
3400 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3401
3402 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3403
3404 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3405
3406 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3407
3408 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3409
3410 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3411
3412 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3413
3414 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3415
3416 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3417
3418 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3419
3420 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3421
3422 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3423 Jewish holidays.
3424 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3425
3426 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3427
3428 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3429
3430 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3431 Christian holidays.
3432 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3433
3434 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3435
3436 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3437
3438 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3439 Islamic holidays.
3440 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3441
3442 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3443
3444 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3445
3446 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3447 Baha'i holidays.
3448 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3449
3450 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3451
3452 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3453
3454 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3455 Sun-related holidays.
3456 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3457
3458 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3459
3460 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3461
3462 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3463 The frame setup of the calendar.
3464 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3465 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3466 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3467 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3468 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3469
3470 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3471
3472 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3473 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3474 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3475
3476 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3477 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3478
3479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3480
3481 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3482 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3483 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3484
3485 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3486 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3487 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3488 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3489
3490 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3491
3492 ;;;***
3493 \f
3494 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3495 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17383 38804))
3496 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3497
3498 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3499 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3500
3501 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3502
3503 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3504 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3505 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3506 it fails.
3507
3508 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3509
3510 ;;;***
3511 \f
3512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17817
3513 ;;;;;; 13957))
3514 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3515 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3516
3517 ;;;***
3518 \f
3519 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3520 ;;;;;; (17817 13957))
3521 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3522
3523 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3524 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3525
3526 \(fn)" nil nil)
3527
3528 ;;;***
3529 \f
3530 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3531 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3532 ;;;;;; (17817 15855))
3533 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3534
3535 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3536 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3537 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3538 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3539 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3540 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3541 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3542
3543 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3544
3545 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3546 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3547 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3548 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3549 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3550 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3551 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3552 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3553
3554 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3555 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3556 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3557 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3558 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3559 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3560
3561 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3562
3563 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3564 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3565
3566 Key bindings:
3567 \\{c-mode-map}
3568
3569 \(fn)" t nil)
3570
3571 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3572 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3573
3574 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3575 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3576 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3577 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3578 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3579 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3580 message.
3581
3582 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3583
3584 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3585 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3586
3587 Key bindings:
3588 \\{c++-mode-map}
3589
3590 \(fn)" t nil)
3591
3592 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3593 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3594 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3595
3596 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3597 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3598 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3599 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3600 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3601 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3602 message.
3603
3604 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3605
3606 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3607 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3608
3609 Key bindings:
3610 \\{objc-mode-map}
3611
3612 \(fn)" t nil)
3613
3614 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3615 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3616 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3617
3618 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3619 Major mode for editing Java code.
3620 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3621 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3622 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3623 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3624 message.
3625
3626 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3627
3628 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3629 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3630
3631 Key bindings:
3632 \\{java-mode-map}
3633
3634 \(fn)" t nil)
3635
3636 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3637 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3638 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3639
3640 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3641 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3642 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3643 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3644 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3645 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3646 message.
3647
3648 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3649
3650 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3651 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3652
3653 Key bindings:
3654 \\{idl-mode-map}
3655
3656 \(fn)" t nil)
3657
3658 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3659 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3660 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3661 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3662
3663 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3664 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3665 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3666 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3667 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3668 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3669 message.
3670
3671 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3672
3673 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3674 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3675
3676 Key bindings:
3677 \\{pike-mode-map}
3678
3679 \(fn)" t nil)
3680 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3681 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3682 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3683 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3684 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3685 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3686
3687 ;;;***
3688 \f
3689 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3690 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17817 13957))
3691 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3692
3693 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3694 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3695 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3696 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3697
3698 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3699
3700 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3701 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3702 might get set too.
3703
3704 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3705 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3706 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3707 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3708 way.
3709
3710 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3711 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3712 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3713 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3714 a null operation.
3715
3716 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3717
3718 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3719 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3720 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3721 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3722
3723 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3724
3725 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3726 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3727 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3728
3729 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3730
3731 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3732 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3733 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3734 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3735 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3736
3737 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3738
3739 ;;;***
3740 \f
3741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17515
3742 ;;;;;; 24933))
3743 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3744 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3745
3746 ;;;***
3747 \f
3748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17817 13957))
3749 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3750 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3751 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3752 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3753
3754 ;;;***
3755 \f
3756 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3757 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3758 ;;;;;; (17817 15477))
3759 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3760
3761 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3762 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3763
3764 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3765
3766 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3767 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3768
3769 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3770
3771 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3772 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3773
3774 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3775 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3776 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3777 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3778 execution.
3779
3780 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3781
3782 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3783
3784 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3785 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3786
3787 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3788 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3789 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3790 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3791
3792 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3793 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3794 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3795 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3796 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3797 `write' commands.
3798
3799 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3800 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3801 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3802 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3803
3804 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3805 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3806 semantics.
3807
3808 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3809
3810 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3811
3812 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3813
3814 STATEMENT :=
3815 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3816 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3817
3818 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3819 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3820 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3821 | integer
3822
3823 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3824
3825 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3826 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3827 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3828
3829 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3830 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3831 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3832
3833 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3834 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3835
3836 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3837 BREAK := (break)
3838
3839 REPEAT :=
3840 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3841 (repeat)
3842 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3843 ;; (repeat))
3844 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3845 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3846 ;; (read REG)
3847 ;; (repeat))
3848 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3849 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3850 ;; (read REG)
3851 ;; (repeat))
3852 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3853
3854 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3855 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3856 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3857 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3858 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3859 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3860 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3861 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3862 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3863 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3864 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3865 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3866 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3867 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3868 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3869 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3870
3871 WRITE :=
3872 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3873 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3874 ;; representation.
3875 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3876 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3877 ;; (write r7))
3878 | (write EXPRESSION)
3879 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3880 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3881 ;; representation.
3882 | (write integer)
3883 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3884 ;; buffer.
3885 | (write string)
3886 ;; Same as: (write string)
3887 | string
3888 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3889 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3890 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3891 ;; representation.
3892 | (write REG ARRAY)
3893 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3894 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3895 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3896 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3897 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3898 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3899
3900 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3901 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3902
3903 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3904 END := (end)
3905
3906 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3907 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3908 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3909
3910 ARG := REG | integer
3911
3912 OPERATOR :=
3913 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3914 + | - | * | / | %
3915
3916 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3917 | & | `|' | ^
3918
3919 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3920 | << | >>
3921
3922 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3923 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3924 | <8
3925
3926 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3927 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3928 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3929 | >8
3930
3931 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3932 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3933 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3934 | //
3935
3936 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3937 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3938
3939 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3940 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3941 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3942 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3943 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3944 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3945 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3946 | de-sjis
3947
3948 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3949 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3950 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3951 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3952 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3953 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3954 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3955 ;; byte of SJIS.
3956 | en-sjis
3957
3958 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3959 ;; Same meaning as C code
3960 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3961
3962 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3963 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3964 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3965 | <8=
3966
3967 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3968 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3969 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3970
3971 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3972 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3973 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3974 | //=
3975
3976 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3977
3978
3979 TRANSLATE :=
3980 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3981 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3982 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3983 LOOKUP :=
3984 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3985 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3986 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3987 MAP :=
3988 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3989 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3990 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3991 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3992 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3993 MAP-ID := integer
3994
3995 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3996
3997 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3998 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3999 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4000 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4001 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4002 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4003
4004 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
4005
4006 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
4007 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4008 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4009
4010 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4011
4012 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4013
4014 ;;;***
4015 \f
4016 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4017 ;;;;;; (17713 5991))
4018 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4019
4020 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4021 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4022 There are no special keybindings by default.
4023
4024 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4025 to the action header.
4026
4027 \(fn)" t nil)
4028
4029 ;;;***
4030 \f
4031 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4032 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4033 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4034 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4035 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4036 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4037 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4038 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4039 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
4040 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4041
4042 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4043 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4044 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4045 the users will view as each check is completed.
4046
4047 \(fn)" t nil)
4048
4049 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4050 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4051 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4052 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4053 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4054 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4055 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4056 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4057
4058 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4059
4060 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4061 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4062 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4063 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4064 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4065 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4066 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4067 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4068
4069 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4070
4071 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4072 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4073 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4074 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4075 spacing are all verified.
4076
4077 \(fn)" t nil)
4078
4079 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4080 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4081 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4082 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4083 otherwise stop after the first error.
4084
4085 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4086
4087 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4088 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4089 Only documentation strings are checked.
4090 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4091 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4092 a separate buffer.
4093
4094 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4095
4096 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4097 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4098 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4099 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4100 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4101
4102 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4103
4104 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4105 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4106 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4107 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4108 if there is one.
4109
4110 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4111
4112 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4113 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4114 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4115 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4116 if there is one.
4117 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4118
4119 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4120
4121 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4122 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4123 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4124
4125 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4126
4127 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4128 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4129 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4130 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4131 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4132
4133 \(fn)" t nil)
4134
4135 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4136 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4137 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4138 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4139 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4140 space at the end of each line.
4141
4142 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4143
4144 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4145 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4146 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4147 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4148
4149 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4150
4151 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4152 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4153 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4154 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4155
4156 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4157
4158 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4159 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4160 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4161 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4162
4163 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4164
4165 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4166 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4167 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4168 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4169
4170 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4171
4172 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4173 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4174 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4175 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4176
4177 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4178
4179 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4180 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4181 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4182 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4183
4184 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4185
4186 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4187 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4188 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4189 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4190
4191 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4192
4193 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4194 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4195 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4196 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4197
4198 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4199
4200 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4201 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4202 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4203 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4204
4205 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4206
4207 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4208 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4209 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4210
4211 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4212 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4213 checking of documentation strings.
4214
4215 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4216
4217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4218
4219 ;;;***
4220 \f
4221 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4222 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17817
4223 ;;;;;; 15478))
4224 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4225
4226 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4227 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4228 Return the length of resulting text.
4229
4230 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4231
4232 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4233 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4234
4235 \(fn)" t nil)
4236
4237 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4238 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4239 Return the length of resulting text.
4240
4241 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4242
4243 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4244 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4245
4246 \(fn)" t nil)
4247
4248 ;;;***
4249 \f
4250 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4251 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17817 13974))
4252 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4253
4254 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4255 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4256 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4257 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4258 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4259 editing and the result is evaluated.
4260
4261 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4262
4263 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4264 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4265 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4266 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4267 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4268
4269 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4270
4271 \(fn)" t nil)
4272
4273 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4274 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4275 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4276 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4277 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4278
4279 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4280 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4281 \\{command-history-map}
4282
4283 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4284 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4285
4286 \(fn)" t nil)
4287
4288 ;;;***
4289 \f
4290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17817 13982))
4291 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4292
4293 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4294 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4295 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4296 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4297 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4298 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4299
4300 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4301 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4302
4303 ;;;***
4304 \f
4305 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4306 ;;;;;; (17778 49129))
4307 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4308
4309 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4310 Not documented
4311
4312 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4313
4314 ;;;***
4315 \f
4316 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4317 ;;;;;; (17390 27407))
4318 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4319
4320 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4321 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4322 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4323 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4324
4325 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4326 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4327 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4328 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4329
4330 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4331 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4332
4333 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4334
4335 ;;;***
4336 \f
4337 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17817
4338 ;;;;;; 14115))
4339 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4340
4341 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4342 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4343 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4344 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4345 of `scheme-program-name').
4346 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4347 it is given as initial input.
4348 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4349 discards input when it starts up.
4350 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4351 is run).
4352 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4353
4354 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4355 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4356
4357 ;;;***
4358 \f
4359 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4360 ;;;;;; (17817 14139))
4361 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4362
4363 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4364 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4365 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4366 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4367 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4368 ?* is used.
4369 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4370
4371 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4372 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4373 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4374 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4375 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4376 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4377 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4378 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4379 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4380 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4381 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4382 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4383 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4384 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4385 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4386 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4387 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4388 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4389 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4390 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4391 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4392 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4393 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4394 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4395 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4396 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4397 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4398 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4399 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4400 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4401 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4402 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4403 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4404 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4405 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4406 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4407 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4408 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4409 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4410 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4411 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4412 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4413 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4414 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4415 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4416
4417 ;;;***
4418 \f
4419 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4420 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4421 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17817 15477))
4422 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4423
4424 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4425 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4426 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4427 ASCII table.
4428
4429 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4430 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4431 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4432 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4433
4434 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4435
4436 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4437 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4438 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4439
4440 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4441
4442 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4443 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4444 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4445
4446 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4447
4448 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4449 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4450 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4451
4452 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4453
4454 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4455 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4456
4457 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4458 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4459 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4460
4461 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4462 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4463
4464 \(fn)" nil nil)
4465
4466 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4467 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4468
4469 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4470 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4471 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4472
4473 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4474
4475 ;;;***
4476 \f
4477 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4478 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4479 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4480 ;;;;;; (17817 15855))
4481 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4482
4483 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4484 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4485 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4486 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4487 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4488 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4489 functions have already modified the buffer.
4490
4491 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4492
4493 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4494 either globally or locally.")
4495
4496 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4497
4498 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4499 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4500 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4501 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4502 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4503 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4504 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4505 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4506
4507 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4508
4509 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4510
4511 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4512 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4513 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4514 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4515 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4516 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4517 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4518 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4519
4520 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4521
4522 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4523
4524 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4525 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4526 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4527 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4528 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4529 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4530
4531 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4532
4533 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4534 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4535 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4536 directory tracking functions.")
4537
4538 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4539 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4540 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4541
4542 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4543
4544 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4545
4546 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4547 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4548 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4549
4550 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4551
4552 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4553
4554 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4555 Send COMMAND to current process.
4556 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4557 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4558
4559 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4560
4561 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4562 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4563 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4564 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4565
4566 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4567
4568 ;;;***
4569 \f
4570 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17817
4571 ;;;;;; 13974))
4572 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4573
4574 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4575 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4576 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4577 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4578
4579 This command pushes the mark in each window
4580 at the prior location of point in that window.
4581 If both windows display the same buffer,
4582 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4583 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4584
4585 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4586 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4587 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4588 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4589 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4590 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4591 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4592 ignored.
4593
4594 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4595 this command work in interlaced mode:
4596 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4597 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4598 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4599
4600 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4601
4602 ;;;***
4603 \f
4604 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4605 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4606 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4607 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4608 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17778 50475))
4609 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4610
4611 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4612 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4613
4614 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4615
4616 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4617 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4618
4619 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4620
4621 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4622 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4623 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4624 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4625 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4626 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4627 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4628
4629 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4630 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4631 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4632 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4633 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4634
4635 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4636 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4637 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4638 describing how the process finished.")
4639
4640 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4641 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4642 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4643 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4644
4645 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4646 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4647 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4648
4649 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4650
4651 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4652 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4653 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4654 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4655
4656 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4657
4658 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4659 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4660
4661 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4662 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4663
4664 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4665 (lambda ()
4666 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4667 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4668 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4669 (concat \"make -k \"
4670 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4671
4672 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4673 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4674
4675 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4676 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4677 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4678 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4679
4680 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4681
4682 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4683 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4684 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4685 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4686
4687 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4688 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4689
4690 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4691 and move to the source code that caused it.
4692
4693 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4694 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4695 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4696 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4697
4698 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4699 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4700 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4701 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4702 subprocesses.
4703
4704 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4705 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4706 to a function that generates a unique name.
4707
4708 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4709
4710 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4711 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4712 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4713 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4714
4715 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4716 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4717 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4718 to determine the buffer name.
4719
4720 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4721 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4722 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4723
4724 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4725
4726 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4727
4728 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4729 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4730 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4731 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4732 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4733
4734 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4735
4736 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4737
4738 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4739
4740 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4741 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4742 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4743 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4744 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4745 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4746 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4747
4748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4749
4750 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4751 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4752 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4753 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4754 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4755 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4756
4757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4758
4759 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4760 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4761 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4762
4763 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4764
4765 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4766
4767 ;;;***
4768 \f
4769 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4770 ;;;;;; (17817 13974))
4771 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4772
4773 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4774 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4775 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4776 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4777 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4778 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4779
4780 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4781
4782 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4783 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4784 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4785
4786 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4787 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4788 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4789 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4790
4791 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4792 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4793 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4794 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4795
4796 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4797 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4798 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4799 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4800
4801 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4802 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4803 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4804 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4805 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4806
4807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4808
4809 ;;;***
4810 \f
4811 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4812 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
4813 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4814
4815 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4816 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4817 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4819 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4820 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4821
4822 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4823
4824 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4825 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4826
4827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4828
4829 ;;;***
4830 \f
4831 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4832 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4833 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4834 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17817 15477))
4835 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4836
4837 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4838 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4839 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4840 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4841 `make-composition'.
4842
4843 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4844
4845 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4846 | | 1:tc or top-center
4847 | | 2:tr or top-right
4848 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4849 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4850 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4851 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4852 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4853 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4854
4855 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4856 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4857 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4858 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4859 be added.
4860
4861 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4862 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4863 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4864
4865 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4866 | | |
4867 | global| |
4868 | glyph | |
4869 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4870 +----+--*--+
4871 | | new |
4872 | |glyph|
4873 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4874 ")
4875
4876 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4877 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4878 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4879 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4880
4881 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4882
4883 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4884 Compose characters in the current region.
4885
4886 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4887 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4888
4889 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4890
4891 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4892 specifying the region.
4893
4894 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4895 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4896 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4897
4898 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4899 of the text in the region.
4900
4901 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4902
4903 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4904 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4905 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4906 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4907
4908 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4909 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4910 detail.
4911
4912 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4913 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4914 text in the composition.
4915
4916 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4917
4918 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4919 Decompose text in the current region.
4920
4921 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4922 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4923
4924 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4925
4926 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4927 Compose characters in string STRING.
4928
4929 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4930 the characters in it.
4931
4932 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4933 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4934 STRING respectively.
4935
4936 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4937 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4938 `compose-region' for more detail.
4939
4940 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4941 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4942 text in the composition.
4943
4944 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4945
4946 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4947 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4948
4949 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4950
4951 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4952 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4953 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4954 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4955 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4956 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4957 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4958 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4959
4960 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4961
4962 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4963 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4964
4965 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4966 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4967
4968 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4969 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4970
4971 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4972 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4973
4974 If no composition is found, return nil.
4975
4976 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4977 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4978
4979 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4980 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4981 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4982
4983 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4984
4985 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4986
4987 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4988 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4989 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4990
4991 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4992
4993 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4994
4995 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4996
4997 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4998 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4999
5000 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
5001 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
5002 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
5003 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
5004 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
5005 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
5006 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
5007 nil.
5008
5009 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5010 is:
5011 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5012 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5013
5014 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5015
5016 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5017 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5018
5019 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5020
5021 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5022
5023 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5024 Compose last characters.
5025 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5026 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5027 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5028 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5029 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5030 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5031 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5032 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5033 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5034 after a sequence of character events.
5035
5036 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
5037 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5038
5039 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5040 Convert CHAR to string.
5041
5042 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5043 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5044 vector of CHAR respectively.
5045 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5046
5047 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5048
5049 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5050
5051 ;;;***
5052 \f
5053 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5054 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5055 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5056 ;;;;;; (17713 5992))
5057 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5058
5059 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5060 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5061 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5062 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5063 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5064 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5065 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5066
5067 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5068 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5069 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5070
5071 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5072 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5073 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5074
5075 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5076 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5077 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5078 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5079
5080 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5081 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5082 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5083 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5084 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5085 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5086 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5087
5088 \\{conf-mode-map}
5089
5090 \(fn)" t nil)
5091
5092 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5093 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5094 Comments start with `#'.
5095 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5096
5097 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5098
5099 \[Desktop Entry]
5100 Encoding=UTF-8
5101 Name=The GIMP
5102 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5103 Name[cs]=GIMP
5104
5105 \(fn)" t nil)
5106
5107 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5108 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5109 Comments start with `;'.
5110 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5111
5112 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5113
5114 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5115 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5116 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5117
5118 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5119 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5120
5121 \(fn)" t nil)
5122
5123 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5124 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5125 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5126 between `/*' and `*/'.
5127 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5128
5129 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5130 // another kind of comment
5131 /* yet another */
5132
5133 name:value
5134 name=value
5135 name value
5136 x.1 =
5137 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5138 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5139
5140 \(fn)" t nil)
5141
5142 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5143 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5144 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5145 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5146 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5147 `conf-space-keywords'.
5148 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5149 in an interactive fashion instead.
5150
5151 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5152
5153 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5154
5155 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5156 image/png png
5157 image/tiff tiff tif
5158
5159 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5160 class desktop
5161 # Standard multimedia devices
5162 add /dev/audio desktop
5163 add /dev/mixer desktop
5164
5165 \(fn)" t nil)
5166
5167 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5168 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5169 See `conf-space-mode'.
5170
5171 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5172
5173 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5174 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5175 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5176 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5177
5178 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5179
5180 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5181 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5182
5183 \(fn)" t nil)
5184
5185 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5186 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5187 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5188 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5189
5190 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5191
5192 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5193 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5194
5195 \(fn)" t nil)
5196
5197 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5198 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5199 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5200 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5201
5202 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5203
5204 *background: gray99
5205 *foreground: black
5206
5207 \(fn)" t nil)
5208
5209 ;;;***
5210 \f
5211 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5212 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17817 14124))
5213 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5214
5215 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5216 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5217 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5218 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5219
5220 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5221
5222 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5223 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5224 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5225 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5226
5227 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5228
5229 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5230 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5231 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5232 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5233
5234 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5235
5236 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5237 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5238
5239 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5240
5241 ;;;***
5242 \f
5243 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5244 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17390 26938))
5245 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5246
5247 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5248 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5249 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5250 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5251 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5252 following the copyright are updated as well.
5253 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5254 interactively.
5255
5256 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5257
5258 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5259 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5260 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5261
5262 \(fn)" t nil)
5263
5264 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5265 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5266
5267 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5268
5269 ;;;***
5270 \f
5271 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5272 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17817 13977))
5273 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5274
5275 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5276 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5277 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5278 Tab indents for Perl code.
5279 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5280 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5281
5282 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5283 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5284 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5285 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5286 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5287 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5288 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5289 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5290 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5291 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5292 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5293 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5294
5295 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5296
5297 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5298 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5299
5300 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5301
5302 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5303 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5304 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5305 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5306 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5307 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5308 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5309 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5310 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5311
5312 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5313
5314 bite if angry;
5315
5316 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5317 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5318 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5319 to nil.)
5320
5321 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5322 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5323 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5324
5325 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5326
5327 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5328 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5329 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5330 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5331 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5332
5333 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5334
5335 if (A) { B }
5336
5337 into
5338
5339 B if A;
5340
5341 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5342
5343 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5344 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5345 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5346 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5347 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5348 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5349 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5350 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5351 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5352 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5353 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5354 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5355 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5356
5357 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5358 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5359 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5360 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5361 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5362 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5363
5364 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5365 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5366 man via menu.
5367
5368 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5369 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5370 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5371 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5372 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5373
5374 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5375 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5376 span the needed amount of lines.
5377
5378 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5379 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5380 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5381 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5382
5383 Variables controlling indentation style:
5384 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5385 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5386 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5387 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5388 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5389 `cperl-auto-newline'
5390 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5391 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5392 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5393 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5394 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5395 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5396 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5397 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5398 `cperl-indent-level'
5399 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5400 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5401 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5402 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5403 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5404 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5405 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5406 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5407 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5408 `cperl-brace-offset'
5409 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5410 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5411 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5412 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5413 `cperl-label-offset'
5414 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5415 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5416 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5417
5418 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5419 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5420 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5421 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5422 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5423 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5424
5425 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5426 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5427 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5428 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5429
5430 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5431 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5432 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5433 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5434 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5435 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5436
5437 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5438 column 0 is indented on
5439 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5440
5441 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5442 with no args.
5443
5444 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5445 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5446 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5447
5448 \(fn)" t nil)
5449
5450 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5451 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5452
5453 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5454
5455 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5456 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5457
5458 \(fn)" t nil)
5459
5460 ;;;***
5461 \f
5462 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5463 ;;;;;; (17390 27408))
5464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5465
5466 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5467 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5468 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5469 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5470 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5471
5472 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5473
5474 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5475 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5476
5477 \(fn)" t nil)
5478
5479 ;;;***
5480 \f
5481 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5482 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
5483 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5484
5485 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5486 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5487 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5488 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5489
5490 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5491 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5492
5493 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5494
5495 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5496 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5497 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5498
5499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5500
5501 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5502
5503 ;;;***
5504 \f
5505 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5506 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
5507 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5508
5509 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5510 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5511 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5512 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5513
5514 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5515 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5516 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5517 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5518
5519 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5520 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5521 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5522
5523 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5524 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5525 'bob', and 'eve'.
5526
5527 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5528 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5529 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5530
5531 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5532
5533 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5534 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5535 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5536
5537 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5538
5539 ;;;***
5540 \f
5541 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5542 ;;;;;; (17817 13978))
5543 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5544
5545 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5546 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5547 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5548 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5549 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5550 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5551
5552 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5553
5554 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5555 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5556 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5557 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5558 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5559
5560 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5561 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5562 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5563 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5564 function of these prefix keys.
5565
5566 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5567 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5568 options:
5569 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5570 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5571 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5572
5573 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5574 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5575 the prefix fallback behavior.
5576
5577 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5578 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5579 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5580 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5581
5582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5583
5584 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5585 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5586
5587 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5588 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5589 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5590 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5591 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5592 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5593 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5594 (if user-init-file (concat
5595 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5596 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5597
5598 ;;;***
5599 \f
5600 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5601 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5602 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5603 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5604 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5605 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5606 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5607 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5608 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5609 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5610 ;;;;;; (17817 16161))
5611 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5612
5613 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5614 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5615
5616 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5617
5618 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5619 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5620
5621 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5622
5623 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5624 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5625
5626 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5627 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5628
5629 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5630 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5631
5632 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5633 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5634
5635 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5636 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5637
5638 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5639
5640 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5641
5642 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5643 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5644 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5645
5646 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5647 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5648
5649 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5650 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5651
5652 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5653 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5654
5655 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5656 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5657
5658 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5659
5660 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5661
5662 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5663 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5664 Return VALUE.
5665
5666 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5667 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5668
5669 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5670 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5671
5672 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5673 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5674
5675 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5676 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5677
5678 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5679
5680 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5681
5682 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5683 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5684 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5685 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5686 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5687
5688 \(fn)" t nil)
5689
5690 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5691 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5692 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5693 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5694
5695 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5696
5697 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5698 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5699
5700 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5701
5702 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5703 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5704
5705 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5706
5707 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5708
5709 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5710 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5711
5712 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5713
5714 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5715
5716 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5717 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5718 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5719
5720 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5721
5722 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5723 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5724 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5725 as part of Emacs itself.
5726
5727 Each elements looks like this:
5728
5729 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5730
5731 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5732 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5733 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5734 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5735 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5736 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5737 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5738 and `defface'.
5739
5740 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5741
5742 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5743 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5744 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5745 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5746 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5747
5748 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5749 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5750 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5751 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5752
5753 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5754
5755 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5756 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5757 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5758 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5759 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5760
5761 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5762 that were added or redefined since that version.
5763
5764 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5765
5766 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5767 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5768 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5769 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5770
5771 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5772 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5773
5774 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5775
5776 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5777 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5778 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5779
5780 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5781 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5782
5783 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5784
5785 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5786 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5787
5788 \(fn)" t nil)
5789
5790 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5791 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5792
5793 \(fn)" t nil)
5794
5795 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5796 Customize all already saved user options.
5797
5798 \(fn)" t nil)
5799
5800 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5801 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5802 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5803 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5804 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5805 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5806 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5807 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5808
5809 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5810
5811 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5812 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5813 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5814 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5815
5816 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5817
5818 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5819 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5820
5821 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5822
5823 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5824 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5825
5826 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5827
5828 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5829 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5830 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5831 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5832 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5833 that option.
5834
5835 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5836
5837 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5838 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5839 The result includes selecting that window.
5840 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5841 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5842 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5843 that option.
5844
5845 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5846
5847 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5848 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5849
5850 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5851
5852 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5853 File used for storing customization information.
5854 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5855 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5856 it should be an absolute file name.
5857
5858 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5859 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5860 something like the following in your init file:
5861
5862 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5863 \(load custom-file)
5864
5865 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5866 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5867
5868 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5869 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5870 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5871 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5872 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5873
5874 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5875 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5876 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5877 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5878 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5879 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5880 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5881 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5882 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5883 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5884
5885 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5886
5887 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5888 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5889
5890 \(fn)" nil nil)
5891
5892 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5893 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5894
5895 \(fn)" t nil)
5896
5897 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5898 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5899 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5900
5901 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5902
5903 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5904 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5905 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5906 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5907 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5908
5909 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5910
5911 ;;;***
5912 \f
5913 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5914 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17390 26936))
5915 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5916
5917 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5918 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5919
5920 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5921
5922 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5923 Alist of face attributes.
5924
5925 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5926 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5927 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5928 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5929 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5930 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5931
5932 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5933 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5934 customization type TYPE).
5935
5936 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5937 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5938 given face attribute.")
5939
5940 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5941 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5942 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5943 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5944
5945 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5946
5947 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5948 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5949 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5950 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5951 between themes and faces.
5952 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5953
5954 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5955 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5956
5957 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5958
5959 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5960 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5961 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5962
5963 (FACE IGNORED)
5964
5965 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5966
5967 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5968
5969 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5970 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5971 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5972
5973 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5974
5975 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5976
5977 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5978
5979 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5980
5981 ;;;***
5982 \f
5983 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5984 ;;;;;; (17713 5203))
5985 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5986
5987 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5988 Create a custom theme.
5989
5990 \(fn)" t nil)
5991
5992 ;;;***
5993 \f
5994 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5995 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
5996 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5997
5998 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5999 Mode used for cvs status output.
6000
6001 \(fn)" t nil)
6002
6003 ;;;***
6004 \f
6005 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
6006 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17390 27408))
6007 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6008
6009 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6010 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6011
6012 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6013 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6014 C++ modes are included.
6015
6016 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6017
6018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6019
6020 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6021 Turn on CWarn mode.
6022
6023 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6024 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6025
6026 \(fn)" nil nil)
6027
6028 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6029 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6030 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6032 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6033
6034 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
6035
6036 (put (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6037
6038 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6039 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
6040 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6041 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
6042 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
6043
6044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6045
6046 ;;;***
6047 \f
6048 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6049 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6050 ;;;;;; (17817 14143))
6051 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6052
6053 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
6054 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6055
6056 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6057
6058 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
6059 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6060
6061 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6062
6063 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6064 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6065 For readability, the table is slightly
6066 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6067
6068 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6069 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6070 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6071 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6072 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6073
6074 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6075
6076 ;;;***
6077 \f
6078 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6079 ;;;;;; (17390 26936))
6080 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6081 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6082 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6083
6084 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6085 Completion on current word.
6086 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6087 and presents suggestions for completion.
6088
6089 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6090 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6091 completions.
6092
6093 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6094 then it searches *all* buffers.
6095
6096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6097
6098 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6099 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6100
6101 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6102 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6103 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6104 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6105 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6106
6107 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6108 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6109
6110 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6111 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6112 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6113
6114 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6115 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6116
6117 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6118
6119 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6120
6121 ;;;***
6122 \f
6123 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17390
6124 ;;;;;; 27408))
6125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6126
6127 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6128 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6129
6130 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6131 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6132 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6133
6134 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6135 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6136 Data lines are not indented.
6137
6138 Key bindings:
6139
6140 \\{dcl-mode-map}
6141 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6142
6143 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6144 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6145 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6146 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6147
6148 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6149
6150 dcl-basic-offset
6151 Extra indentation within blocks.
6152
6153 dcl-continuation-offset
6154 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6155
6156 dcl-margin-offset
6157 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6158
6159 dcl-margin-label-offset
6160 Indentation for a label.
6161
6162 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6163 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6164
6165 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6166 dcl-block-end-regexp
6167 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6168 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6169 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6170 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6171 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6172
6173 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6174 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6175 Two such functions are included in the package:
6176 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6177 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6178
6179 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6180 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6181 One such function is included in the package:
6182 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6183
6184 dcl-tab-always-indent
6185 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6186 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6187 margin.
6188
6189 dcl-electric-characters
6190 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6191 typed.
6192
6193 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6194 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6195 which words trigger electric indentation.
6196
6197 dcl-tempo-comma
6198 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6199 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6200 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6201
6202 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6203 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6204 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6205 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6206
6207 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6208 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6209 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6210 dcl-imenu-label-call
6211 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6212
6213 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6214 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6215 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6216 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6217
6218
6219 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6220
6221 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6222 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6223 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6224 $ i = 1
6225 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6226 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6227 $ label:
6228 $ if i.eq.1
6229 $ then
6230 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6231 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6232 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6233 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6234 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6235 \"lined up with the command line\"
6236 $ type sys$input
6237 Data lines are not indented at all.
6238 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6239 $ endif
6240 $
6241
6242
6243 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6244 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6245
6246 \(fn)" t nil)
6247
6248 ;;;***
6249 \f
6250 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6251 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17390 26938))
6252 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6253
6254 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6255
6256 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6257 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6258 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6259 of the evaluator.
6260
6261 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6262 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6263 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6264
6265 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6266
6267 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6268 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6269
6270 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6271
6272 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6273 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6274 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6275 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6276 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6277 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6278
6279 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6280 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6281
6282 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6283
6284 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6285 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6286 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6287 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6288 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6289
6290 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6291
6292 ;;;***
6293 \f
6294 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6295 ;;;;;; (17817 14124))
6296 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6297
6298 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6299 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6300
6301 \(fn)" t nil)
6302
6303 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6304 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6305 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6306 Upper-case letters are commands.
6307
6308 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6309 modify it.
6310
6311 The most useful commands are:
6312 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6313 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6314 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6315 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6316 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6317 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6318
6319 \(fn)" t nil)
6320
6321 ;;;***
6322 \f
6323 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6324 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17817
6325 ;;;;;; 13975))
6326 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6327
6328 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6329 Customization of `columns' group.
6330
6331 \(fn)" t nil)
6332
6333 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6334 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6335
6336 START and END delimits the text region.
6337
6338 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6339
6340 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6341 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6342
6343 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6344
6345 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6346
6347 ;;;***
6348 \f
6349 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17611
6350 ;;;;;; 9414))
6351 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6352
6353 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6354 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6355 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6356 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6357 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6358 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6359
6360 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6361
6362 Customization:
6363
6364 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6365 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6366 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6367 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6368 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6369 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6370 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6371 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6372 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6373 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6374 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6375 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6376 blank line.
6377 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6378 Directories to search when finding external units.
6379 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6380 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6381
6382 Coloring:
6383
6384 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6385 Face used to color delphi comments.
6386 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6387 Face used to color delphi strings.
6388 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6389 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6390 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6391 Face used to color everything else.
6392
6393 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6394 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6395
6396 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6397
6398 ;;;***
6399 \f
6400 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17390
6401 ;;;;;; 26936))
6402 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6403
6404 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6405
6406 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6407 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6408 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
6409 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6410 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6411
6412 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
6413
6414 (put (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6415
6416 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6417 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6418 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6419 positive.
6420
6421 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6422 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6423 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6424 any selection.
6425
6426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6427
6428 ;;;***
6429 \f
6430 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6431 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17817 13982))
6432 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6433
6434 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6435 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6436
6437 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6438
6439 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6440 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6441 or nil if there is no parent.
6442 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6443 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6444 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6445 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6446 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6447
6448 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6449 arguments are currently understood:
6450 :group GROUP
6451 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6452 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6453 :syntax-table TABLE
6454 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6455 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6456 :abbrev-table TABLE
6457 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6458 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6459
6460 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6461
6462 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6463
6464 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6465 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6466 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6467
6468 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6469 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6470
6471 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6472 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6473 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6474
6475 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6476 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6477
6478 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6479 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6480
6481 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6482
6483 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6484
6485 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6486 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6487 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6488 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6489 the first time the mode is used.
6490
6491 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6492
6493 ;;;***
6494 \f
6495 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6496 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17817 13959))
6497 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6498
6499 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6500 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6501 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6502 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6503 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6504 otherwise.
6505
6506 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6507
6508 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6509 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6510 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6511 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6512 character composition information (if relevant),
6513 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6514
6515 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6516
6517 ;;;***
6518 \f
6519 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6520 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6521 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6522 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17713 5989))
6523 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6524
6525 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6526 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6527 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6528
6529 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6530
6531 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6532 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6533 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6534 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6535 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6536 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6537
6538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6539
6540 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6541 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6542 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6543 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6544
6545 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6546
6547 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6548 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6549 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6550
6551 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6552 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6553 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6554
6555 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6556 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6557
6558 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6559 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6560 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6561
6562 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6563 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6564 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6565 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6566
6567 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6568
6569 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6570 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6571
6572 Handlers are called with argument list
6573
6574 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6575
6576 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6577
6578 desktop-file-version
6579 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6580 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6581 desktop-buffer-point
6582 desktop-buffer-mark
6583 desktop-buffer-read-only
6584 desktop-buffer-locals
6585
6586 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6587 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6588
6589 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6590 code like
6591
6592 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6593 ...
6594 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6595 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6596
6597 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6598
6599 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6600
6601 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6602 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6603 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6604 List elements must have the form
6605
6606 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6607
6608 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6609 function.
6610
6611 Handlers are called with argument list
6612
6613 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6614
6615 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6616
6617 desktop-file-version
6618 desktop-buffer-file-name
6619 desktop-buffer-name
6620 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6621 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6622 desktop-buffer-point
6623 desktop-buffer-mark
6624 desktop-buffer-read-only
6625 desktop-buffer-misc
6626
6627 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6628 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6629 created and set.
6630
6631 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6632 code like
6633
6634 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6635 ...
6636 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6637 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6638
6639 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6640
6641 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6642
6643 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6644
6645 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6646 Empty the Desktop.
6647 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6648 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6649 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6650
6651 \(fn)" t nil)
6652
6653 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6654 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6655 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6656 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6657
6658 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6659
6660 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6661 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6662 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6663
6664 \(fn)" t nil)
6665
6666 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6667 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6668 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6669 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6670 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6671 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6672 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6673 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6674
6675 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6676
6677 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6678 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6679 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6680
6681 \(fn)" nil nil)
6682
6683 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6684 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6685 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6686 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6687 directory DIRNAME.
6688
6689 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6690
6691 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6692 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6693
6694 \(fn)" t nil)
6695
6696 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6697 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6698
6699 \(fn)" t nil)
6700
6701 ;;;***
6702 \f
6703 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6704 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6705 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17817 15855))
6706 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6707
6708 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6709 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6710 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6711 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6712 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6713 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6714
6715 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6716
6717 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6718 Repair a broken attribution line.
6719 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6720
6721 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6722
6723 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6724 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6725 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6726 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6727
6728 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6729
6730 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6731 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6732
6733 \(fn)" t nil)
6734
6735 ;;;***
6736 \f
6737 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6738 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17817 15478))
6739 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6740
6741 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6742
6743 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6744 Not documented
6745
6746 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6747
6748 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6749 Not documented
6750
6751 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6752
6753 ;;;***
6754 \f
6755 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6756 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17518 54393))
6757 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6758
6759 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6760 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6761 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6762 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6763 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6764
6765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6766
6767 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6768 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6769 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6770 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6771
6772 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6773 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6774 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6775 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6776
6777 #!/bin/sh
6778 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6779 emacs -batch \\
6780 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6781 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6782 european-calendar-style t \\
6783 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6784 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6785 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6786
6787 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6788 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6789 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6790 to run it every morning at 1am.
6791
6792 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6793
6794 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6795 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6796
6797 \(fn)" t nil)
6798
6799 ;;;***
6800 \f
6801 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6802 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17549 4607))
6803 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6804
6805 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6806 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6807
6808 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6809
6810 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6811 *The command to use to run diff.")
6812
6813 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6814
6815 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6816 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6817 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6818 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6819 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6820 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6821
6822 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6823
6824 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6825 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6826 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6827 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6828 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6829 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6830
6831 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6832
6833 ;;;***
6834 \f
6835 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6836 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
6837 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6838
6839 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6840 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6841 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6842 normal diffs.
6843 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6844 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6845 headers for you on-the-fly.
6846
6847 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6848 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6849 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6850 \\{diff-mode-map}
6851
6852 \(fn)" t nil)
6853
6854 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6855 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6856 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6857
6858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6859
6860 ;;;***
6861 \f
6862 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6863 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6864 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6865 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6866 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17817 16882))
6867 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6868
6869 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6870 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6871 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6872 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6873 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6874 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6875 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6876 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6877
6878 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6879
6880 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6881 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6882
6883 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6884 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6885 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6886 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6887 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6888
6889 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6890 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6891
6892 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6893 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6894 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6895 always set this variable to t.")
6896
6897 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6898
6899 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6900 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6901 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6902 A value of t means move to first file.")
6903
6904 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6905
6906 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6907 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6908 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6909 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6910 are afterward marked with that character.")
6911
6912 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6913
6914 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6915 *Controls marking of copied files.
6916 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6917 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6918
6919 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6920
6921 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6922 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6923 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6924 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6925
6926 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6927
6928 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6929 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6930 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6931 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6932
6933 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6934
6935 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6936 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6937 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6938 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6939
6940 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6941
6942 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6943
6944 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6945 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6946 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6947
6948 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6949
6950 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6951 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6952 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6953 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6954 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6955 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6956
6957 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6958 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6959 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6960 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6961 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6962 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6963 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6964 list of files to make directory entries for.
6965 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6966 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6967 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6968 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6969
6970 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6971
6972 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6973 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6974
6975 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6976 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6977
6978 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6979 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6980
6981 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6982 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6983
6984 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6985
6986 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6987 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6988
6989 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6990
6991 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6992 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6993 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6994 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6995 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6996 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6997 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6998 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6999 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
7000 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7001 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
7002 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
7003 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
7004 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
7005 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7006 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7007 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7008 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7009 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
7010 to see why something went wrong.
7011 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
7012 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
7013 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
7014 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7015 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7016 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7017 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7018 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7019 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7020 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7021 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7022 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7023 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7024
7025 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7026 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7027 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7028 again for the directory tree.
7029
7030 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7031 for more info):
7032
7033 `dired-listing-switches'
7034 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7035 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7036 `dired-marker-char'
7037 `dired-del-marker'
7038 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7039 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7040 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7041 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7042
7043 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7044
7045 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7046 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7047 `dired-mode-hook'
7048 `dired-load-hook'
7049
7050 Keybindings:
7051 \\{dired-mode-map}
7052
7053 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7054 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7055
7056 ;;;***
7057 \f
7058 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7059 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7060 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7061 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7062 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7063 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7064 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7065 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7066 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7067 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7068 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7069 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7070 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7071 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17778 50473))
7072 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7073
7074 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7075 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7076 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7077 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7078 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7079 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7080 which is options for `diff'.
7081
7082 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7083
7084 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7085 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7086 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7087 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7088 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7089 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7090
7091 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7092
7093 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7094 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7095 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7096 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7097 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7098 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7099 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7100
7101 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7102
7103 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7104 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7105 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7106 returned by function `file-attributes'
7107
7108 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7109 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7110
7111 Examples of PREDICATE:
7112
7113 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7114 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7115 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7116 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7117 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7118
7119 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7120
7121 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7122 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7123 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7124
7125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7126
7127 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7128 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7129
7130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7131
7132 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7133 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7134
7135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7136
7137 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7138 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7139 This calls touch.
7140
7141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7142
7143 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7144 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7145 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7146 `lpr-switches' as default.
7147
7148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7149
7150 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7151 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7152 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7153 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7154 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7155
7156 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7157 with a prefix argument.
7158
7159 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
7160
7161 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7162 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7163 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7164 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7165 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7166
7167 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7168 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7169
7170 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7171 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7172 file name substituted for `?'.
7173
7174 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7175 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7176
7177 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7178 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7179 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7180 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7181
7182 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7183
7184 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7185 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7186 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7187
7188 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7189 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7190 in a subdir.
7191
7192 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7193 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7194 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7195
7196 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7197
7198 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7199 Not documented
7200
7201 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7202
7203 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7204 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7205 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7206 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7207 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7208 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7209 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7210 from the buffer as well.
7211 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7212 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7213 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7214
7215 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7216
7217 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7218 Not documented
7219
7220 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7221
7222 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7223 Not documented
7224
7225 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7226
7227 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7228 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7229
7230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7231
7232 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7233 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7234
7235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7236
7237 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7238 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7239
7240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7241
7242 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7243 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7244 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7245 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7246
7247 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7248 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7249 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7250 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7251 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7252 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7253 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7254
7255 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7256
7257 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7258 Not documented
7259
7260 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7261
7262 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7263 Not documented
7264
7265 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7266
7267 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7268 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7269
7270 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7271
7272 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7273 Not documented
7274
7275 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7276
7277 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7278 Not documented
7279
7280 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7281
7282 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7283 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7284
7285 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7286
7287 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7288 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7289 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7290 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7291 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7292 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7293 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7294 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7295 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7296
7297 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7298 like `cp -d'.
7299
7300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7301
7302 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7303 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7304 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7305 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7306 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7307 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7308 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7309 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7310
7311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7312
7313 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7314 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7315 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7316 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7317 and new hard links are made in that directory
7318 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7319 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7320 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7321
7322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7323
7324 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7325 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7326 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7327 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7328 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7329 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7330 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7331
7332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7333
7334 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7335 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7336
7337 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7338 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7339 file if none are marked.
7340
7341 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7342 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7343 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7344 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7345
7346 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7347 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7348
7349 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7350
7351 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7352 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7353 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7354
7355 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7356
7357 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7358 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7359 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7360
7361 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7362
7363 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7364 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7365 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7366
7367 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7368
7369 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7370 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7371
7372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7373
7374 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7375 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7376
7377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7378
7379 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7380 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7381 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7382 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7383 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7384 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7385 this subdirectory.
7386 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7387
7388 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7389 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7390 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7391 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7392 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7393 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7394 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7395
7396 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7397
7398 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7399 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7400 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7401 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7402 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7403 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7404 this subdirectory.
7405 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7406
7407 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7408
7409 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7410 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7411 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7412
7413 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7414
7415 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7416 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7417 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7418 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7419
7420 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7421
7422 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7423 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7424 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7425 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7426
7427 \(fn)" t nil)
7428
7429 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7430 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7431 Lower levels are unaffected.
7432
7433 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7434
7435 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7436 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7437
7438 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7439
7440 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7441 Go down in the dired tree.
7442
7443 \(fn)" t nil)
7444
7445 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7446 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7447 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7448 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7449
7450 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7451
7452 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7453 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7454 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7455 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7456
7457 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7458
7459 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7460 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7461 Stops when a match is found.
7462 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7463
7464 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7465
7466 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7467 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7468 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7469 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7470 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7471
7472 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7473
7474 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7475 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7476 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7477 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7478
7479 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7480
7481 ;;;***
7482 \f
7483 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17713 5989))
7484 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7485
7486 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7487 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7488 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7489 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7490 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7491 buffer and try again.
7492
7493 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7494
7495 ;;;***
7496 \f
7497 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17817 13975))
7498 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7499
7500 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7501 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7502 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7503
7504 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7505
7506 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7507 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7508
7509 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7510 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7511
7512 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7513
7514 ;;;***
7515 \f
7516 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17390
7517 ;;;;;; 26938))
7518 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7519
7520 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7521 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7522 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7523 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7524 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7525 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7526
7527 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7528
7529 ;;;***
7530 \f
7531 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7532 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7533 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7534 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7535 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17817 13975))
7536 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7537
7538 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7539 Return a new, empty display table.
7540
7541 \(fn)" nil nil)
7542
7543 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7544 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7545 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7546 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7547 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7548
7549 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7550
7551 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7552 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7553 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7554 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7555 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7556
7557 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7558
7559 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7560 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7561
7562 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7563
7564 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7565 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7566
7567 \(fn)" t nil)
7568
7569 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7570 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7571
7572 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7573
7574 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7575 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7576
7577 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7578
7579 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7580 Display character C using printable string S.
7581
7582 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7583
7584 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7585 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7586 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7587 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7588
7589 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7590
7591 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7592 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7593 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7594 X frame.
7595
7596 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7597
7598 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7599 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7600
7601 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7602
7603 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7604 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7605
7606 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7607
7608 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7609 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7610
7611 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7612 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7613 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7614 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7615
7616 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7617 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7618 European character display.
7619
7620 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7621 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7622 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7623 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7624
7625 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7626 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7627 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7628 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7629 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7630
7631 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7632
7633 ;;;***
7634 \f
7635 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7636 ;;;;;; (17817 14124))
7637 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7638
7639 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7640 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7641 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7642 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7643 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7644 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7645 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7646 Default is 2.
7647
7648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7649
7650 ;;;***
7651 \f
7652 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17713 5989))
7653 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7654
7655 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7656 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7657 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7658 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7659 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7660 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7661 private or ask).
7662 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7663 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7664 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7665 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7666 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7667
7668 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7669
7670 ;;;***
7671 \f
7672 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7673 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17713 5203))
7674 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7675
7676 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7677 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7678 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7679 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7680 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7681 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7682 table and its own syntax table.
7683
7684 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7685
7686 \(fn)" t nil)
7687 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7688
7689 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7690 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7691
7692 \(fn)" t nil)
7693 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7694
7695 ;;;***
7696 \f
7697 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17817 14124))
7698 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7699
7700 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7701 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7702
7703 \(fn)" t nil)
7704
7705 ;;;***
7706 \f
7707 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7708 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
7709 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7710
7711 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7712 Toggle Double mode.
7713 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7714 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7715
7716 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7717
7718 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7719 Toggle Double mode.
7720 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7721
7722 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7723 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7724
7725 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7726
7727 ;;;***
7728 \f
7729 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17778 50475))
7730 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7731
7732 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7733 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7734
7735 \(fn)" t nil)
7736
7737 ;;;***
7738 \f
7739 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7740 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
7741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7742
7743 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7744 Play sounds in message buffers.
7745
7746 \(fn)" t nil)
7747
7748 ;;;***
7749 \f
7750 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7751 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7752 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17817 16945))
7753 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7754
7755 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7756
7757 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7758 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7759 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7760 and toggle command MODE.
7761
7762 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7763 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7764 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7765 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7766 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7767 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7768 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7769 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7770 used (see below).
7771
7772 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7773 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7774 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7775 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7776 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7777 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7778 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7779 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7780 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7781 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7782 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7783 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7784 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7785 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7786 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7787 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7788 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7789
7790 For example, you could write
7791 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7792 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7793 ...BODY CODE...)
7794
7795 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7796
7797 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7798
7799 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7800 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7801 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7802 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7803 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7804 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7805 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7806 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7807 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7808 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7809 or :keymap keywords to `define-global-minor-mode', since these
7810 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7811
7812 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7813 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7814 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7815 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7816 call another major mode in their body.
7817
7818 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7819
7820 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7821 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7822 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7823 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7824 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7825 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7826 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7827
7828 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7829
7830 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7831 Not documented
7832
7833 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7834
7835 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7836 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7837 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7838
7839 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7840
7841 ;;;***
7842 \f
7843 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7844 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17817
7845 ;;;;;; 16161))
7846 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7847
7848 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7849
7850 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7851 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7852
7853 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7854 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7855 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7856
7857 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7858 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7859
7860 :filter FUNCTION
7861
7862 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7863 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7864
7865 :visible INCLUDE
7866
7867 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7868 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7869
7870 :active ENABLE
7871
7872 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7873 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7874
7875 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7876
7877 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7878
7879 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7880
7881 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7882 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7883
7884 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7885 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7886
7887 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7888
7889 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7890
7891 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7892
7893 :keys KEYS
7894
7895 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7896 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7897 computed automatically.
7898 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7899
7900 :key-sequence KEYS
7901
7902 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7903 menu item.
7904 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7905 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7906 keyboard equivalent.
7907
7908 :active ENABLE
7909
7910 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7911 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7912
7913 :visible INCLUDE
7914
7915 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7916 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7917
7918 :suffix FORM
7919
7920 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7921 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7922
7923 :style STYLE
7924
7925 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7926 defined:
7927
7928 toggle: A checkbox.
7929 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7930 radio: A radio button.
7931 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7932 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7933 menu bar itself.
7934 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7935
7936 :selected SELECTED
7937
7938 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7939 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7940
7941 :help HELP
7942
7943 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7944
7945 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7946 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7947 as a solid horizontal line.
7948
7949 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7950
7951 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7952
7953 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7954 Not documented
7955
7956 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7957
7958 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7959 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7960 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7961 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7962
7963 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7964
7965 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7966 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7967 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7968 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7969 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7970 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7971
7972 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7973 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7974 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7975
7976 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7977 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7978 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7979
7980 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7981 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7982
7983 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7984
7985 ;;;***
7986 \f
7987 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7988 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7989 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7990 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7991 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7992 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7993 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7994 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17817 13971))
7995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7996
7997 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7998 Customization for ebnf group.
7999
8000 \(fn)" t nil)
8001
8002 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8003 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8004
8005 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8006
8007 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8008 processed.
8009
8010 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8011
8012 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8013
8014 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8015 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8016
8017 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8018 killed after process termination.
8019
8020 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8021
8022 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8023
8024 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8025 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8026
8027 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8028 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8029 it to the printer.
8030
8031 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8032 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8033 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8034 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8035
8036 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8037
8038 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8039 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8040 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8041
8042 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8043
8044 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8045 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8046
8047 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8048
8049 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8050 processed.
8051
8052 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8053
8054 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8055
8056 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8057 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8058
8059 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8060 killed after process termination.
8061
8062 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8063
8064 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8065
8066 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8067 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8068 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8069 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8070
8071 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8072
8073 \(fn)" t nil)
8074
8075 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8076 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8077 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8078
8079 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8080
8081 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8082
8083 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8084 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8085
8086 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8087
8088 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8089 processed.
8090
8091 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8092
8093 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8094
8095 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8096 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8097
8098 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8099 killed after EPS generation.
8100
8101 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8102
8103 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8104
8105 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8106 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
8107
8108 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8109 The EPS file name has the following form:
8110
8111 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8112
8113 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8114 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8115
8116 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8117 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8118 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8119 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8120
8121 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8122
8123 \(fn)" t nil)
8124
8125 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8126 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
8127
8128 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
8129 The EPS file name has the following form:
8130
8131 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8132
8133 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8134 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8135
8136 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8137 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
8138 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
8139 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8140
8141 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
8142
8143 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8144
8145 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8146
8147 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8148 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8149
8150 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8151
8152 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8153 processed.
8154
8155 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8156
8157 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8158
8159 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8160 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
8161
8162 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8163 killed after syntax checking.
8164
8165 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8166
8167 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8168
8169 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8170 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8171
8172 \(fn)" t nil)
8173
8174 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8175 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
8176
8177 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8178
8179 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8180 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8181
8182 \(fn)" nil nil)
8183
8184 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8185 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8186
8187 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8188
8189 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8190
8191 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8192 Delete style NAME.
8193
8194 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8195
8196 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8197
8198 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8199 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8200
8201 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8202
8203 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8204
8205 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8206 Set STYLE as the current style.
8207
8208 It returns the old style symbol.
8209
8210 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8211
8212 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8213
8214 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8215 Reset current style.
8216
8217 It returns the old style symbol.
8218
8219 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8220
8221 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8222
8223 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8224 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
8225
8226 It returns the old style symbol.
8227
8228 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8229
8230 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8231
8232 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8233 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
8234
8235 It returns the old style symbol.
8236
8237 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8238
8239 \(fn)" t nil)
8240
8241 ;;;***
8242 \f
8243 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8244 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8245 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8246 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8247 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8248 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8249 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8250 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8251 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8252 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8253 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17591
8254 ;;;;;; 9719))
8255 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8256
8257 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8258 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8259 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8260 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8261 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8262 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8263
8264 Tree mode key bindings:
8265 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8266
8267 \(fn)" t nil)
8268
8269 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8270 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8271
8272 \(fn)" t nil)
8273
8274 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8275 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8276
8277 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8278
8279 \(fn)" nil nil)
8280
8281 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8282 View declaration of member at point.
8283
8284 \(fn)" t nil)
8285
8286 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8287 Find declaration of member at point.
8288
8289 \(fn)" t nil)
8290
8291 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8292 View definition of member at point.
8293
8294 \(fn)" t nil)
8295
8296 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8297 Find definition of member at point.
8298
8299 \(fn)" t nil)
8300
8301 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8302 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8303
8304 \(fn)" t nil)
8305
8306 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8307 View definition of member at point in other window.
8308
8309 \(fn)" t nil)
8310
8311 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8312 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8313
8314 \(fn)" t nil)
8315
8316 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8317 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8318
8319 \(fn)" t nil)
8320
8321 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8322 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8323
8324 \(fn)" t nil)
8325
8326 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8327 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8328
8329 \(fn)" t nil)
8330
8331 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8332 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8333 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8334 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8335 completion.
8336
8337 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8338
8339 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8340 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8341 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8342 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8343
8344 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8345
8346 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8347 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8348 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8349 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8350
8351 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8352
8353 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8354 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8355 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8356
8357 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8358
8359 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8360 Search for call sites of a member.
8361 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8362 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8363 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8364 looks like a function call to the member.
8365
8366 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8367
8368 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8369 Move backward in the position stack.
8370 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8371
8372 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8373
8374 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8375 Move forward in the position stack.
8376 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8377
8378 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8379
8380 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8381 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8382
8383 \(fn)" t nil)
8384
8385 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8386 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8387
8388 \(fn)" t nil)
8389
8390 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8391 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8392 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8393 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8394
8395 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8396
8397 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8398 Display statistics for a class tree.
8399
8400 \(fn)" t nil)
8401
8402 ;;;***
8403 \f
8404 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8405 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
8406 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8407
8408 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8409 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8410 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8411 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8412
8413 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8414 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8415 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8416
8417 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8418 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8419 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8420
8421 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8422
8423 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8424
8425 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8426
8427 ;;;***
8428 \f
8429 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8430 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17817 13975))
8431 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8432
8433 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8434 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8435 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8436
8437 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8438
8439 ;;;***
8440 \f
8441 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8442 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8443 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17713 5203))
8444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8445
8446 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8447 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8448 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8449 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8450 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8451
8452 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8453 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8454 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8455 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8456
8457 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8458
8459 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8460 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8461 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8462 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8463
8464 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8465
8466 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8467 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8468 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8469 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8470
8471 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8472
8473 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8474
8475 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8476 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8477 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8478 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8479 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8480
8481 If you do this on a function definition
8482 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8483 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8484 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8485 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8486
8487 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8488 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8489 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8490 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8491 already is one.)
8492
8493 \(fn)" t nil)
8494
8495 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8496 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8497
8498 \(fn)" t nil)
8499
8500 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8501 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8502
8503 \(fn)" t nil)
8504
8505 ;;;***
8506 \f
8507 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8508 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8509 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8510 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8511 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8512 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8513 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8514 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8515 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8516 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17778 50473))
8517 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8518
8519 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8520 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8521
8522 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8523
8524 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8525 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8526
8527 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8528
8529 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8530
8531 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8532
8533 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8534 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8535 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8536 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8537
8538 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8539
8540 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8541 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8542
8543 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8544
8545 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8546
8547 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8548 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8549
8550 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8551
8552 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8553
8554 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8555 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8556 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8557 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8558
8559 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8560
8561 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8562
8563 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8564 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8565 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8566 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8567
8568 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8569
8570 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8571
8572 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8573 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8574 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8575 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8576
8577 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8578
8579 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8580
8581 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8582 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8583 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8584 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8585
8586 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8587
8588 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8589
8590 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8591 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8592 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8593 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8594 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8595 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8596
8597 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8598
8599 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8600 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8601 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8602 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8603
8604 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8605
8606 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8607
8608 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8609 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8610 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8611 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8612
8613 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8614
8615 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8616
8617 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8618
8619 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8620 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8621 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8622 follows:
8623 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8624 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8625
8626 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8627
8628 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8629 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8630 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8631 follows:
8632 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8633 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8634
8635 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8636
8637 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8638 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8639 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8640 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8641 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8642 region.
8643 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8644 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8645
8646 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8647
8648 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8649 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8650 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8651 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8652 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8653 region.
8654 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8655 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8656 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8657
8658 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8659
8660 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8661
8662 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8663 Merge two files without ancestor.
8664
8665 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8666
8667 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8668 Merge two files with ancestor.
8669
8670 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8671
8672 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8673
8674 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8675 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8676
8677 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8678
8679 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8680 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8681
8682 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8683
8684 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8685 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8686 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8687 buffer.
8688
8689 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8690
8691 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8692 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8693 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8694 buffer.
8695
8696 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8697
8698 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8699 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8700 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8701 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8702
8703 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8704
8705 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8706 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8707 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8708 and don't ask the user.
8709 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8710 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8711
8712 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8713
8714 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8715 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8716 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8717 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8718 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8719 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8720 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8721 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8722
8723 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8724
8725 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8726
8727 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8728
8729 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8730 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8731 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8732 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8733 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8734
8735 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8736
8737 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8738
8739 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8740 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8741 When called interactively, displays the version.
8742
8743 \(fn)" t nil)
8744
8745 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8746 Display Ediff's manual.
8747 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8748
8749 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8750
8751 ;;;***
8752 \f
8753 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8754 ;;;;;; (17401 60342))
8755 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8756
8757 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8758 Not documented
8759
8760 \(fn)" t nil)
8761
8762 ;;;***
8763 \f
8764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17401 60342))
8765 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8766
8767 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8768 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8769
8770 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8771
8772 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8773
8774 ;;;***
8775 \f
8776 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8777 ;;;;;; (17778 49123))
8778 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8779
8780 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8781 Display Ediff's registry.
8782
8783 \(fn)" t nil)
8784
8785 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8786
8787 ;;;***
8788 \f
8789 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8790 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17713 5989))
8791 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8792
8793 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8794 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8795 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8796 which see.
8797
8798 \(fn)" t nil)
8799
8800 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8801 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8802 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8803 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8804
8805 \(fn)" t nil)
8806
8807 ;;;***
8808 \f
8809 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8810 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8811 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
8812 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8813
8814 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8815 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8816 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8817
8818 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8819 Edit a keyboard macro.
8820 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8821 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8822 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8823 its command name.
8824 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8825
8826 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8827
8828 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8829 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8830
8831 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8832
8833 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8834 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8835
8836 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8837
8838 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8839 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8840 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8841 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8842 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8843 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8844
8845 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8846 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8847 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8848 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8849
8850 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8851
8852 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8853 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8854 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8855 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8856 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8857 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8858
8859 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8860
8861 ;;;***
8862 \f
8863 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8864 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17817 15738))
8865 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8866
8867 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8868 Set scroll margins.
8869 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8870 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8871
8872 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8873
8874 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8875 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8876
8877 \(fn)" t nil)
8878
8879 ;;;***
8880 \f
8881 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8882 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
8883 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8884
8885 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8886 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8887 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8888 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8889 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8890 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8891 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8892 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8893
8894 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8895 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8896
8897 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8898 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8899 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8900 this value is non-nil.
8901
8902 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8903 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8904 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8905
8906 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8907 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8908 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8909
8910 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8911
8912 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8913 Not documented
8914
8915 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8916
8917 ;;;***
8918 \f
8919 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8920 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17817 13982))
8921 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8922
8923 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8924 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8925
8926 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8927
8928 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8929 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8930 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8931 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8932 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8933 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8934 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8935
8936 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8937
8938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8939
8940 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8941 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8942
8943 \(fn)" t nil)
8944
8945 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8946 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8947 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8948 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8949 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8950 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8951 arg list.
8952
8953 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8954 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8955
8956 ;;;***
8957 \f
8958 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17817
8959 ;;;;;; 13975))
8960 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8961
8962 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8963 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8964
8965 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8966 an elided material again.
8967
8968 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8969
8970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8971
8972 ;;;***
8973 \f
8974 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8975 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
8976 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8977
8978 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8979 Initialize elint.
8980
8981 \(fn)" t nil)
8982
8983 ;;;***
8984 \f
8985 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8986 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17390
8987 ;;;;;; 26938))
8988 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8989
8990 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8991 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8992 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8993
8994 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8995
8996 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8997 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8998 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8999
9000 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9001
9002 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
9003 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9004 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9005
9006 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9007
9008 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9009
9010 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
9011 Display current profiling results.
9012 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9013 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
9014 displayed.
9015
9016 \(fn)" t nil)
9017
9018 ;;;***
9019 \f
9020 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9021 ;;;;;; (17778 50475))
9022 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9023
9024 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
9025 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9026 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9027
9028 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9029
9030 ;;;***
9031 \f
9032 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9033 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9034 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9035 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9036 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17279 27122))
9037 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9038
9039 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9040 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9041 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9042 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9043 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9044 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9045 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9046 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9047 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9048 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9049 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9050 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9051 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9052 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9053 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9054 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9055
9056 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9057 Run Emerge on two files.
9058
9059 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9060
9061 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9062 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9063
9064 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9065
9066 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9067 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9068
9069 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9070
9071 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9072 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9073
9074 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9075
9076 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9077 Not documented
9078
9079 \(fn)" nil nil)
9080
9081 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9082 Not documented
9083
9084 \(fn)" nil nil)
9085
9086 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9087 Not documented
9088
9089 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9090
9091 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9092 Not documented
9093
9094 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9095
9096 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9097 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9098
9099 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9100
9101 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9102 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9103
9104 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9105
9106 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9107 Not documented
9108
9109 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9110
9111 ;;;***
9112 \f
9113 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9114 ;;;;;; (17817 15477))
9115 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9116
9117 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "\
9118 Set up a `key-translation-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
9119
9120 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
9121
9122 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
9123
9124 ;;;***
9125 \f
9126 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9127 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17817 14127))
9128 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9129
9130 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9131 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9132 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9133 text/enriched format.
9134 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9135
9136 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9137 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9138
9139 Commands:
9140
9141 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9142
9143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9144
9145 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9146 Not documented
9147
9148 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9149
9150 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9151 Not documented
9152
9153 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9154
9155 ;;;***
9156 \f
9157 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9158 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (17817 15473))
9159 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9160
9161 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9162 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9163
9164 \(fn)" nil nil)
9165
9166 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9167 Select connection parameters and run ERC.
9168 Non-interactively, it takes keyword arguments
9169 (server (erc-compute-server))
9170 (port (erc-compute-port))
9171 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9172 password
9173 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9174
9175 That is, if called with
9176
9177 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9178
9179 server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9180 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9181 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9182
9183 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9184
9185 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9186 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9187 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9188 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9189
9190 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9191
9192 ;;;***
9193 \f
9194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17778
9195 ;;;;;; 50473))
9196 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9197 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9198
9199 ;;;***
9200 \f
9201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17454 30949))
9202 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9203 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9204
9205 ;;;***
9206 \f
9207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17778 50473))
9208 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9209 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9210
9211 ;;;***
9212 \f
9213 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9214 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17817 13983))
9215 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9216
9217 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9218 Parser for /dcc command.
9219 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9220 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9221 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9222
9223 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9224
9225 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9226 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9227
9228 \(fn)" nil nil)
9229
9230 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9231 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9232
9233 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9234 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9235 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9236 that subcommand.
9237
9238 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9239
9240 ;;;***
9241 \f
9242 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9243 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9244 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9245 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9246 ;;;;;; (17817 14136))
9247 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9248
9249 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9250 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9251
9252 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9253
9254 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9255 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9256 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9257 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9258
9259 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9260
9261 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9262 Not documented
9263
9264 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9265
9266 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9267 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9268
9269 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9270
9271 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9272 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9273
9274 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9275
9276 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9277 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9278
9279 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9280
9281 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9282 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9283
9284 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9285
9286 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9287 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9288
9289 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9290
9291 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9292 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9293
9294 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9295
9296 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9297 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9298
9299 \(fn)" nil nil)
9300
9301 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9302 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9303
9304 \(fn)" nil nil)
9305
9306 ;;;***
9307 \f
9308 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17778
9309 ;;;;;; 50473))
9310 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9311 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9312
9313 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9314 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9315 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9316
9317 \(fn)" nil nil)
9318
9319 ;;;***
9320 \f
9321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17396
9322 ;;;;;; 42158))
9323 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9324 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9325
9326 ;;;***
9327 \f
9328 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9329 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17591 9873))
9330 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9331 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9332
9333 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9334 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9335 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9336 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9337 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9338 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9339 system.
9340
9341 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9342
9343 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9344 Not documented
9345
9346 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9347
9348 ;;;***
9349 \f
9350 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9351 ;;;;;; (17591 9873))
9352 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9353
9354 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9355 Not documented
9356
9357 \(fn)" nil nil)
9358
9359 ;;;***
9360 \f
9361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17469 12056))
9362 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9363 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9364
9365 ;;;***
9366 \f
9367 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9368 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17778 50473))
9369 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9370 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9371
9372 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9373 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9374 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9375 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9376 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9377 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9378
9379 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9380
9381 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9382 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9383 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9384 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9385
9386 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9387 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9388 automatically.
9389
9390 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9391 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9392
9393 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9394
9395 ;;;***
9396 \f
9397 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9398 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9399 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9400 ;;;;;; (17713 5203))
9401 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9402 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9403
9404 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9405 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9406
9407 \(fn)" t nil)
9408
9409 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9410 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9411
9412 \(fn)" t nil)
9413
9414 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9415 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9416
9417 \(fn)" t nil)
9418
9419 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9420 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9421
9422 \(fn)" t nil)
9423
9424 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9425 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9426
9427 \(fn)" t nil)
9428
9429 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9430 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9431
9432 \(fn)" t nil)
9433
9434 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9435 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9436
9437 \(fn)" t nil)
9438
9439 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9440 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9441
9442 \(fn)" t nil)
9443
9444 ;;;***
9445 \f
9446 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9447 ;;;;;; (17469 12056))
9448 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9449 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9450
9451 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9452 Show who's gone.
9453
9454 \(fn)" nil nil)
9455
9456 ;;;***
9457 \f
9458 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9459 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17778 50473))
9460 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9461
9462 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9463 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9464 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9465 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9466
9467 \(fn)" nil nil)
9468
9469 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9470 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9471
9472 \(fn)" t nil)
9473
9474 ;;;***
9475 \f
9476 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9477 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17396 42158))
9478 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9479 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9480
9481 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9482 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9483 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9484 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9485
9486 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9487
9488 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9489 Not documented
9490
9491 \(fn)" nil nil)
9492
9493 ;;;***
9494 \f
9495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17396 42158))
9496 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9497 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9498
9499 ;;;***
9500 \f
9501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17591
9502 ;;;;;; 9873))
9503 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9504 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9505
9506 ;;;***
9507 \f
9508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17778 50473))
9509 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9510 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9511
9512 ;;;***
9513 \f
9514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17396 42158))
9515 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9516 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9517
9518 ;;;***
9519 \f
9520 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9521 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17396 42158))
9522 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9523 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9524
9525 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9526 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9527
9528 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9529
9530 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9531 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9532 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9533
9534 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9535
9536 ;;;***
9537 \f
9538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17778 50473))
9539 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9540 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9541
9542 ;;;***
9543 \f
9544 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9545 ;;;;;; (17396 42158))
9546 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9547
9548 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9549 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9550 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9551
9552 \(fn)" t nil)
9553
9554 ;;;***
9555 \f
9556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17713
9557 ;;;;;; 2485))
9558 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9559 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9560
9561 ;;;***
9562 \f
9563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17817 13983))
9564 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9565 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9566
9567 ;;;***
9568 \f
9569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (17778 50473))
9570 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9571 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9572 (autoload 'erc-track-when-inactive-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9573
9574 ;;;***
9575 \f
9576 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9577 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17778 50473))
9578 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9579 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9580
9581 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9582 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9583 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9584 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9585
9586 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9587
9588 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9589 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9590 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9591
9592 \(fn)" t nil)
9593
9594 ;;;***
9595 \f
9596 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9597 ;;;;;; (17396 42158))
9598 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9599
9600 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9601 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9602
9603 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9604
9605 ;;;***
9606 \f
9607 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17390
9608 ;;;;;; 26939))
9609 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9610
9611 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9612 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9613
9614 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9615
9616 \(fn)" nil nil)
9617
9618 ;;;***
9619 \f
9620 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17817
9621 ;;;;;; 14118))
9622 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9623
9624 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9625 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9626
9627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9628
9629 ;;;***
9630 \f
9631 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9632 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17817 14118))
9633 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9634
9635 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9636 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9637 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9638 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9639 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9640 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9641 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9642 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9643 buffer selected (or created).
9644
9645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9646
9647 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9648 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9649 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9650
9651 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9652
9653 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9654 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9655 The result might be any Lisp object.
9656 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9657 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9658 corresponding to a successful execution.
9659
9660 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9661
9662 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9663 Report a bug in Eshell.
9664 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9665 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9666
9667 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9668
9669 ;;;***
9670 \f
9671 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9672 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9673 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9674 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9675 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9676 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9677 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9678 ;;;;;; (17411 11766))
9679 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9680
9681 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9682 *File name of tags table.
9683 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9684 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9685 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9686 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9687
9688 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9689 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9690 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9691 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9692
9693 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
9694
9695 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9696 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9697 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9698 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9699 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9700 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9701
9702 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
9703
9704 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9705 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9706 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9707 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9708 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9709 `auto-compression-mode').")
9710
9711 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
9712
9713 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9714 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9715 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9716 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9717 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9718
9719 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
9720
9721 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9722 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9723 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9724 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9725
9726 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
9727
9728 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9729 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9730 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9731 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9732 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9733
9734 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
9735
9736 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9737 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9738
9739 \(fn)" t nil)
9740
9741 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9742 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9743 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9744 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9745
9746 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9747 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9748 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9749 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9750 file the tag was in.
9751
9752 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9753
9754 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9755 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9756 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9757 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9758 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9759 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9760 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9761 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9762 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9763
9764 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9765
9766 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9767 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9768 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9769 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9770 without directory names.
9771
9772 \(fn)" nil nil)
9773
9774 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9775 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9776 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9777 but does not select the buffer.
9778 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9779
9780 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9781 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9782 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9783 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9784 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9785
9786 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9787
9788 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9789 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9790 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9791
9792 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9793
9794 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9795
9796 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9797 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9798 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9799 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9800
9801 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9802 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9803 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9804 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9805 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9806
9807 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9808
9809 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9810 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9811 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9812
9813 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9814
9815 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9816 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9817
9818 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9819 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9820 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9821 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9822 around or before point.
9823
9824 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9825 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9826 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9827 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9828 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9829
9830 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9831
9832 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9833 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9834 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9835
9836 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9837
9838 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9839 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9840
9841 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9842 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9843 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9844 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9845 around or before point.
9846
9847 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9848 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9849 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9850 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9851 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9852
9853 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9854
9855 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9856 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9857 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9858
9859 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9860
9861 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9862 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9863
9864 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9865 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9866 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9867
9868 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9869 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9870 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9871 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9872 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9873
9874 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9875
9876 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9877 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9878 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9879
9880 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9881
9882 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9883 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9884 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9885
9886 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9887 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9888
9889 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9890 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9891 where they were found.
9892
9893 \(fn)" t nil)
9894
9895 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9896 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9897
9898 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9899 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9900 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9901
9902 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9903 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9904
9905 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9906 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9907
9908 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9909
9910 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9911 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9912 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9913 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9914
9915 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9916 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9917 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9918 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9919 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9920
9921 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9922 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9923
9924 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9925 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9926 Stops when a match is found.
9927 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9928
9929 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9930
9931 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9932
9933 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
9934 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9935 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9936 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9937 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9938
9939 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9940
9941 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
9942
9943 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
9944 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9945 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9946 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9947 directory specification.
9948
9949 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9950
9951 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
9952 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9953
9954 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9955
9956 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
9957 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9958 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9959 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9960
9961 \(fn)" t nil)
9962
9963 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
9964 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9965 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9966 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9967 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9968
9969 \(fn)" t nil)
9970
9971 ;;;***
9972 \f
9973 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9974 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9975 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9976 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
9977 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
9978 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
9979 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9980 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17817 15478))
9981 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9982
9983 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9984 Not documented
9985
9986 \(fn)" nil nil)
9987
9988 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9989 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9990 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9991 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9992
9993 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9994 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9995 language.
9996
9997 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9998 even if the buffer is read-only.
9999
10000 See also the descriptions of the variables
10001 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10002 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10003
10004 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10005
10006 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10007 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10008
10009 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10010 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10011
10012 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10013 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10014 language.
10015
10016 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10017 buffer is read-only.
10018
10019 See also the descriptions of the variables
10020 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10021 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10022
10023 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10024
10025 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10026 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10027 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10028
10029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10030
10031 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10032 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10033
10034 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10035 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10036
10037 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10038 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10039
10040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10041
10042 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10043 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10044 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10045 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10046
10047 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10048
10049 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10050 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10051 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10052 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10053
10054 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10055 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10056 the primary language.
10057
10058 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10059 buffer is read-only.
10060
10061 See also the descriptions of the variables
10062 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10063 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10064
10065 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10066
10067 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10068 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10069 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10070 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10071
10072 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10073 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10074 primary language.
10075
10076 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10077 buffer is read-only.
10078
10079 See also the descriptions of the variables
10080 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10081 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10082
10083 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10084
10085 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10086 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10087 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10088
10089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10090
10091 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10092 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10093
10094 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10095 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10096 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10097 3) convert the body into SERA.
10098
10099 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10100
10101 \(fn)" t nil)
10102
10103 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10104 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10105 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10106
10107 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10108
10109 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10110 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10111
10112 \(fn)" t nil)
10113
10114 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10115 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10116
10117 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10118 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10119 be 1, 2, or 3.
10120
10121 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10122 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10123 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10124
10125 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10126
10127 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10128
10129 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10130 Allow the user to input special characters.
10131
10132 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10133
10134 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10135 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10136 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10137
10138 \(fn)" t nil)
10139
10140 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10141 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10142
10143 \(fn)" t nil)
10144
10145 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10146 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10147
10148 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10149 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10150
10151 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10152 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10153
10154 \(fn)" nil nil)
10155
10156 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10157 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10158
10159 \(fn)" nil nil)
10160
10161 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10162 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10163
10164 \(fn)" nil nil)
10165
10166 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10167 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10168
10169 \(fn)" nil nil)
10170
10171 ;;;***
10172 \f
10173 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10174 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10175 ;;;;;; (17817 14121))
10176 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10177
10178 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10179 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10180 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10181 server for future sessions.
10182
10183 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10184
10185 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10186 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10187 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10188
10189 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10190
10191 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10192 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10193 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10194
10195 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10196
10197 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10198 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10199 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10200 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10201 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10202 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10203 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10204 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10205 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10206 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10207 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10208 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10209
10210 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10211
10212 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10213 Display a form to query the directory server.
10214 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10215 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10216
10217 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10218
10219 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10220 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10221 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10222
10223 \(fn)" t nil)
10224
10225 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10226
10227 ;;;***
10228 \f
10229 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10230 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10231 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17817 14121))
10232 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10233
10234 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10235 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10236
10237 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10238
10239 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10240 Display URL and make it clickable.
10241
10242 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10243
10244 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10245 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10246
10247 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10248
10249 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10250 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10251
10252 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10253
10254 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10255 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10256
10257 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10258
10259 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10260 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10261
10262 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10263
10264 ;;;***
10265 \f
10266 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10267 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17817 14121))
10268 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10269
10270 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10271 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10272 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10273
10274 \(fn)" t nil)
10275
10276 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10277 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10278
10279 \(fn)" t nil)
10280
10281 ;;;***
10282 \f
10283 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10284 ;;;;;; (17817 14121))
10285 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10286
10287 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10288 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10289
10290 \(fn)" t nil)
10291
10292 ;;;***
10293 \f
10294 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17817
10295 ;;;;;; 13982))
10296 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10297
10298 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10299 Create an empty ewoc.
10300
10301 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10302
10303 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10304 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10305 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10306 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10307 `insert-before-markers'.
10308
10309 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10310 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10311 respectively, of the ewoc.
10312
10313 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10314 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10315 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10316
10317 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10318
10319 ;;;***
10320 \f
10321 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10322 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10323 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10324 ;;;;;; (17390 27408))
10325 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10326
10327 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10328 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10329 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10330
10331 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10332
10333 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10334 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10335 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10336 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10337 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10338
10339 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10340
10341 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10342 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10343 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10344 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10345 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10346 executable.
10347
10348 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10349
10350 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10351 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10352 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10353
10354 \(fn)" t nil)
10355
10356 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10357 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10358 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10359 file modes.
10360
10361 \(fn)" nil nil)
10362
10363 ;;;***
10364 \f
10365 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10366 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17817 13975))
10367 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10368
10369 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10370 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10371 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10372 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10373
10374 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10375
10376 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10377 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10378 to generate such functions.
10379
10380 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10381 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10382 beginning of the expanded text.
10383
10384 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10385 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10386 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10387 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10388
10389 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10390
10391 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10392
10393 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10394 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10395 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10396
10397 \(fn)" t nil)
10398
10399 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10400 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10401 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10402
10403 \(fn)" t nil)
10404 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10405 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10406
10407 ;;;***
10408 \f
10409 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17817 13977))
10410 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10411
10412 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10413 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10414 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10415
10416 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10417 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10418 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10419
10420 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10421
10422 Key definitions:
10423 \\{f90-mode-map}
10424
10425 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10426
10427 `f90-do-indent'
10428 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10429 `f90-if-indent'
10430 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10431 `f90-type-indent'
10432 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10433 `f90-program-indent'
10434 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10435 (default 2).
10436 `f90-continuation-indent'
10437 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10438 `f90-comment-region'
10439 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10440 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10441 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10442 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10443 (default \"!\").
10444 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10445 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10446 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10447 `f90-break-delimiters'
10448 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10449 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10450 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10451 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10452 (default t).
10453 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10454 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10455 `f90-smart-end'
10456 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10457 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10458 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10459 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10460 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10461 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10462 `f90-leave-line-no'
10463 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10464
10465 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10466 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10467
10468 \(fn)" t nil)
10469
10470 ;;;***
10471 \f
10472 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10473 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10474 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10475 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10476 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17817 13971))
10477 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10478 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10479 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10480
10481 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10482 Menu keymap for faces.")
10483
10484 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10485
10486 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10487 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10488
10489 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10490
10491 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10492 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10493
10494 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10495
10496 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10497 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10498
10499 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10500
10501 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10502 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10503
10504 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10505
10506 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10507 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10508
10509 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10510
10511 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10512 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10513
10514 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10515
10516 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10517
10518 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10519
10520 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10521
10522 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10523 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10524
10525 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10526 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10527 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10528 to the faces to use for the next character
10529 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10530 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10531
10532 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10533 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10534 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10535 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10536 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10537 preceding faces (including FACE).
10538
10539 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10540 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10541
10542 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10543
10544 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10545 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10546 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10547
10548 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10549 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10550 requested face.
10551
10552 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10553 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10554 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10555
10556 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10557
10558 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10559 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10560 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10561
10562 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10563 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10564 requested face.
10565
10566 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10567 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10568 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10569
10570 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10571
10572 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10573 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10574 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10575 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10576 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10577 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10578 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10579
10580 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10581 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10582 requested face.
10583
10584 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10585 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10586 to insert cancels the specification.
10587
10588 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10589
10590 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10591 Make the region invisible.
10592 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10593 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10594
10595 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10596
10597 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10598 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10599 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10600 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10601
10602 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10603
10604 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10605 Make the region unmodifiable.
10606 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10607 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10608
10609 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10610
10611 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10612 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10613
10614 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10615
10616 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10617 Remove all text properties from the region.
10618
10619 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10620
10621 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10622 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10623 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10624
10625 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10626
10627 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10628 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10629
10630 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10631
10632 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10633 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10634 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10635 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10636 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10637 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10638
10639 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10640
10641 ;;;***
10642 \f
10643 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10644 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17817 14122))
10645 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10646
10647 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10648 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10649 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10650 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10651
10652 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10653
10654 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10655 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10656 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10657
10658 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10659 - When you save the file's buffer.
10660 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10661 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10662 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10663 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10664
10665 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10666
10667 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10668 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10669 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10670 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10671
10672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10673
10674 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10675 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10676
10677 \(fn)" nil nil)
10678
10679 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10680
10681 ;;;***
10682 \f
10683 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10684 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10685 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17778 50475))
10686 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10687
10688 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10689 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10690 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10691 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10692
10693 \(fn)" nil nil)
10694
10695 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10696 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10697
10698 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10699
10700 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10701 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10702 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10703 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10704
10705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10706
10707 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10708 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10709 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10710 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10711 backup file names and the like).
10712
10713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10714
10715 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10716 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10717 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10718 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10719 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10720 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10721 internally by feedmail):
10722
10723 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10724 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10725 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10726 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10727
10728 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10729 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10730 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10731 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10732 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10733
10734 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10735
10736 ;;;***
10737 \f
10738 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10739 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17817 13975))
10740 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10741
10742 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10743 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10744 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10745 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10746 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10747 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10748 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10749
10750 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10751
10752 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10753 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10754 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10755 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10756 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10757 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10758 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10759
10760 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10761
10762 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10763
10764 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10765 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10766 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10767 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10768 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10769 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10770
10771 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10772
10773 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10774 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10775 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10776 Return value:
10777 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10778 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10779 * otherwise, nil
10780
10781 \(fn E)" t nil)
10782
10783 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10784 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10785
10786 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10787
10788 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10789 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10790
10791 \(fn)" t nil)
10792
10793 ;;;***
10794 \f
10795 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10796 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10797 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10798 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17817 13975))
10799 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10800
10801 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10802 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10803 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10804 be added to the cache.
10805
10806 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10807
10808 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10809 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10810 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10811 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10812 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10813
10814 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10815
10816 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10817 Add FILE to the file cache.
10818
10819 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10820
10821 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10822 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10823 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10824
10825 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10826
10827 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10828 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10829 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10830
10831 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10832
10833 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10834 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10835 This function does not use any external programs
10836 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10837 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10838 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10839
10840 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10841
10842 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10843 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10844 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10845 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10846 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10847 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10848 \(directories) is done.
10849
10850 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10851 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10852 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10853 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10854
10855 ;;;***
10856 \f
10857 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17778
10858 ;;;;;; 48448))
10859 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10860
10861 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10862 Filesets initialization.
10863 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10864
10865 \(fn)" nil nil)
10866
10867 ;;;***
10868 \f
10869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17817 16882))
10870 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10871 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10872
10873 ;;;***
10874 \f
10875 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10876 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10877 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
10878 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10879
10880 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10881 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10882 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10883 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10884 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10885
10886 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10887
10888 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10889 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10890 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10891 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10892 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10893
10894 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10895
10896 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10897 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10898 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10899 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10900
10901 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10902
10903 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10904 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10905 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10906
10907 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10908
10909 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10910 as the final argument.
10911
10912 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10913
10914 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10915 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10916 and run dired on those files.
10917 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10918 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10919
10920 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10921
10922 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10923
10924 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10925 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10926 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10927
10928 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10929
10930 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10931
10932 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10933
10934 ;;;***
10935 \f
10936 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10937 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10938 ;;;;;; (17817 13975))
10939 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10940
10941 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10942 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10943 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10944 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10945 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10946 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10947 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10948
10949 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10950 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10951 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10952
10953 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10954
10955 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10956
10957 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10958
10959 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
10960 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10961 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10962
10963 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10964 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10965
10966 Variables of interest include:
10967
10968 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10969 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10970 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10971
10972 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10973 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10974 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10975
10976 - `ff-ignore-include'
10977 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10978
10979 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10980 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10981
10982 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10983 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10984
10985 - `ff-special-constructs'
10986 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10987 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10988 extracting the filename from that construct.
10989
10990 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10991 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10992
10993 - `ff-search-directories'
10994 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10995 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10996
10997 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10998 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10999
11000 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11001 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11002
11003 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11004 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11005
11006 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11007 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11008
11009 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11010 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11011
11012 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11013
11014 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11015 Visit the file you click on.
11016
11017 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11018
11019 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
11020 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11021
11022 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11023
11024 ;;;***
11025 \f
11026 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11027 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11028 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11029 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11030 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11031 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11032 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17817 14115))
11033 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11034
11035 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11036 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11037
11038 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11039
11040 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11041 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11042 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11043 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11044
11045 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11046 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11047 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11048 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11049
11050 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11051
11052 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11053 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11054
11055 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11056 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11057 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11058 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11059
11060 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11061 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11062 in `load-path'.
11063
11064 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11065
11066 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11067 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11068
11069 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11070 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11071 places point before the definition.
11072 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11073
11074 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11075 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11076 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11077
11078 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11079
11080 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11081 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11082
11083 See `find-function' for more details.
11084
11085 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11086
11087 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11088 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11089
11090 See `find-function' for more details.
11091
11092 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11093
11094 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11095 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11096
11097 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11098 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11099 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11100
11101 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11102 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11103
11104 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11105
11106 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11107 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11108
11109 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11110 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11111 places point before the definition.
11112
11113 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11114
11115 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11116 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11117 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11118
11119 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11120
11121 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11122 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11123
11124 See `find-variable' for more details.
11125
11126 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11127
11128 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11129 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11130
11131 See `find-variable' for more details.
11132
11133 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11134
11135 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11136 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11137 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11138 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11139 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11140 buffer nor display it.
11141
11142 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11143 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11144
11145 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11146
11147 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11148 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11149
11150 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11151 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11152 places point before the definition.
11153
11154 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11155
11156 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11157 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11158 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11159
11160 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11161
11162 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11163 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11164 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11165
11166 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11167
11168 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11169 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11170
11171 \(fn)" t nil)
11172
11173 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11174 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11175
11176 \(fn)" t nil)
11177
11178 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11179 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11180
11181 \(fn)" nil nil)
11182
11183 ;;;***
11184 \f
11185 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11186 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17817 13975))
11187 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11188
11189 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11190 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11191
11192 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11193
11194 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11195 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11196
11197 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11198
11199 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11200 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11201
11202 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11203
11204 ;;;***
11205 \f
11206 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11207 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17469 12047))
11208 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11209
11210 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11211 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11212
11213 \(fn)" t nil)
11214
11215 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11216 Display FILE's commentary section.
11217 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11218
11219 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11220
11221 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11222 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11223
11224 \(fn)" t nil)
11225
11226 ;;;***
11227 \f
11228 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11229 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17817 13975))
11230 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11231
11232 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11233 Toggle flow control handling.
11234 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11235 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11236
11237 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11238
11239 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11240 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11241 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11242 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11243 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11244 to get the effect of a C-q.
11245
11246 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11247
11248 ;;;***
11249 \f
11250 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11251 ;;;;;; (17478 25198))
11252 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11253
11254 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11255 Not documented
11256
11257 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11258
11259 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11260 Not documented
11261
11262 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11263
11264 ;;;***
11265 \f
11266 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11267 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17778 50475))
11268 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11269
11270 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11271 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11272 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11273 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11274
11275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11276
11277 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11278 Turn flymake mode on.
11279
11280 \(fn)" nil nil)
11281
11282 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11283 Turn flymake mode off.
11284
11285 \(fn)" nil nil)
11286
11287 ;;;***
11288 \f
11289 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11290 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11291 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17817 14127))
11292 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11293
11294 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11295 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11296
11297 \(fn)" t nil)
11298 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11299
11300 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11301 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11302 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11303 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11304 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11305 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11306
11307 Bindings:
11308 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11309 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11310 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11311 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11312
11313 Hooks:
11314 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11315
11316 Remark:
11317 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11318 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11319 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11320
11321 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11322 consider adding:
11323 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11324 in your .emacs file.
11325
11326 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11327 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11328
11329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11330
11331 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11332 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11333
11334 \(fn)" nil nil)
11335
11336 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11337 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11338
11339 \(fn)" nil nil)
11340
11341 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11342 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11343
11344 \(fn)" nil nil)
11345
11346 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11347 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11348
11349 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11350
11351 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11352 Flyspell whole buffer.
11353
11354 \(fn)" t nil)
11355
11356 ;;;***
11357 \f
11358 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11359 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11360 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
11361 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11362
11363 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11364 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11365
11366 \(fn)" t nil)
11367
11368 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11369 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11370
11371 \(fn)" t nil)
11372
11373 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11374 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11375
11376 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11377 of two major techniques:
11378
11379 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11380 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11381 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11382
11383 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11384 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11385 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11386 movement commands.
11387
11388 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11389 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11390 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11391 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11392 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11393 mileage may vary).
11394
11395 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11396 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11397
11398 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11399
11400 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11401 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11402 \(This is the default.)
11403
11404 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11405 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11406
11407 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11408 \\{follow-mode-map}
11409
11410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11411
11412 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11413 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11414
11415 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11416 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11417 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11418 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11419 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11420 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11421
11422 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11423 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11424 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11425
11426 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11427 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11428 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11429
11430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11431
11432 ;;;***
11433 \f
11434 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17817
11435 ;;;;;; 16161))
11436 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11437
11438 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11439 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11440 \\<message-mode-map>
11441 key binding
11442 --- -------
11443
11444 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11445 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11446 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11447 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11448 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11449 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11450
11451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11452
11453 ;;;***
11454 \f
11455 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11456 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17817 13976))
11457 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11458
11459 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11460 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11461
11462 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11463 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11464 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11465 C-c < forms-first-record <
11466 C-c > forms-last-record >
11467 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11468 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11469 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11470 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11471 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11472 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11473 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11474 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11475 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11476 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11477
11478 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11479
11480 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11481 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11482
11483 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11484
11485 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11486 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11487
11488 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11489
11490 ;;;***
11491 \f
11492 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11493 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17817 13977))
11494 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11495
11496 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11497 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11498 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11499 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11500 with a character in column 6.")
11501
11502 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11503
11504 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11505 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11506 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11507
11508 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11509 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11510
11511 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11512
11513 Key definitions:
11514 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11515
11516 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11517
11518 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11519 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11520 `fortran-do-indent'
11521 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11522 `fortran-if-indent'
11523 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11524 `fortran-structure-indent'
11525 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11526 (default 3)
11527 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11528 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11529 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11530 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11531 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11532 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11533 nil don't change the indentation
11534 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11535 value of either
11536 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11537 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11538 depending on the continuation format in use.
11539 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11540 indentation for a line of code.
11541 (default 'fixed)
11542 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11543 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11544 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11545 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11546 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11547 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11548 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11549 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11550 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11551 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11552 column 5.
11553 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11554 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11555 statements (default nil).
11556 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11557 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11558 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11559 `fortran-continuation-string'
11560 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11561 line (default \"$\").
11562 `fortran-comment-region'
11563 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11564 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11565 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11566 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11567 as typed (default t).
11568 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11569 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11570
11571 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11572 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11573
11574 \(fn)" t nil)
11575
11576 ;;;***
11577 \f
11578 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11579 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17383 38807))
11580 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11581
11582 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11583 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11584
11585 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11586 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11587
11588 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11589
11590 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11591 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11592
11593 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11594 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11595
11596 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11597
11598 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11599 Compile fortune file.
11600
11601 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11602 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11603
11604 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11605
11606 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11607 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11608
11609 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11610 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11611 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11612 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11613
11614 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11615
11616 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11617 Display a fortune cookie.
11618
11619 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11620 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11621 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11622 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11623
11624 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11625
11626 ;;;***
11627 \f
11628 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11629 ;;;;;; (17817 16161))
11630 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11631
11632 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11633 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11634 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11635 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11636
11637 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11638 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11639 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11640 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11641
11642 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11643 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11644 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11645 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11646 some of the buffers.
11647
11648 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11649
11650 The following commands help control operation :
11651
11652 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11653 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11654
11655 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11656 detailed description of this mode.
11657
11658
11659 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11660 | GDB Toolbar |
11661 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11662 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11663 | | |
11664 | | |
11665 | | |
11666 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11667 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11668 | | (comint-mode) |
11669 | | |
11670 | | |
11671 | | |
11672 | | |
11673 | | |
11674 | | |
11675 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11676 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11677 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11678 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11679 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11680 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11681
11682 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11683
11684 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11685 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-ring'.")
11686
11687 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11688
11689 ;;;***
11690 \f
11691 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11692 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17817
11693 ;;;;;; 13982))
11694 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11695
11696 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11697 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11698 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11699 instead (which see).")
11700
11701 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11702 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11703
11704 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11705 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11706 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11707 documentation string instead.
11708
11709 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11710 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11711 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11712 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11713 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11714 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11715 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11716 enders are actually possible.
11717
11718 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11719 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11720
11721 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11722 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11723 `font-lock-keywords'.
11724
11725 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11726 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11727 runs the macro expansion.
11728
11729 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11730 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11731 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11732
11733 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11734
11735 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11736
11737 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11738 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11739
11740 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11741
11742 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11743 Enter generic mode MODE.
11744
11745 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11746 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11747 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11748
11749 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11750 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11751
11752 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11753
11754 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11755 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11756 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11757 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11758 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11759 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11760 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11761 `font-lock-keywords'.
11762
11763 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11764
11765 ;;;***
11766 \f
11767 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11768 ;;;;;; (17817 14147))
11769 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11770
11771 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11772 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11773 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11774 at places they belong to.
11775
11776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11777
11778 ;;;***
11779 \f
11780 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11781 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17778 48450))
11782 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11783
11784 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11785 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11786
11787 Guideline for numbers:
11788 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11789 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11790 inside loops.
11791
11792 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11793
11794 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11795 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11796 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11797
11798 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11799
11800 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11801 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11802
11803 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11804
11805 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11806 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11807
11808 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11809 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11810 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11811 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11812 and all following elements are passed a the PROPS argument to the
11813 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11814
11815 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11816 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11817 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11818 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11819 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11820
11821 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11822
11823 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11824
11825 ;;;***
11826 \f
11827 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11828 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17778 50473))
11829 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11830 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11831 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11832
11833 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11834 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11835
11836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11837
11838 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11839 Read network news.
11840 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11841 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11842 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11843 name of an NNTP server to use.
11844 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11845 server.
11846
11847 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11848
11849 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11850 Read news as a slave.
11851
11852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11853
11854 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11855 Pop up a frame to read news.
11856 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11857 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11858 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11859 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11860 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11861 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11862 current display is used.
11863
11864 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11865
11866 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11867 Read network news.
11868 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11869 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11870 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11871
11872 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11873
11874 ;;;***
11875 \f
11876 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11877 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11878 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11879 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11880 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11881 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17778 50473))
11882 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11883
11884 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11885 Start Gnus unplugged.
11886
11887 \(fn)" t nil)
11888
11889 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11890 Start Gnus plugged.
11891
11892 \(fn)" t nil)
11893
11894 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11895 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11896
11897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11898
11899 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11900 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11901
11902 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11903 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11904 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11905
11906 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11907 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11908 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11909
11910 \(fn)" t nil)
11911
11912 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11913 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11914
11915 \(fn)" nil nil)
11916
11917 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11918 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11919 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11920 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11921 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11922 supported.
11923
11924 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11925
11926 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11927 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11928 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11929 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11930 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11931 supported.
11932
11933 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11934
11935 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11936 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11937
11938 \(fn)" nil nil)
11939
11940 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11941 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11942 downloaded into the agent.
11943
11944 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11945
11946 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11947 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11948 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11949 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11950
11951 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11952
11953 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11954 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11955
11956 \(fn)" t nil)
11957
11958 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11959 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11960
11961 \(fn)" t nil)
11962
11963 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
11964 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11965 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11966
11967 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11968
11969 ;;;***
11970 \f
11971 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11972 ;;;;;; (17817 16940))
11973 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11974
11975 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
11976 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11977
11978 \(fn)" nil nil)
11979
11980 ;;;***
11981 \f
11982 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11983 ;;;;;; (17817 14137))
11984 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11985
11986 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11987 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11988
11989 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11990
11991 ;;;***
11992 \f
11993 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11994 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11995 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17383
11996 ;;;;;; 38805))
11997 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11998
11999 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
12000 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12001
12002 Usage:
12003 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12004
12005 \(fn)" t nil)
12006
12007 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
12008 Generate the cache active file.
12009
12010 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12011
12012 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
12013 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12014
12015 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12016
12017 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12018 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12019 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12020 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12021 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12022 supported.
12023
12024 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12025
12026 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12027 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12028 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12029 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12030 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12031 supported.
12032
12033 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12034
12035 ;;;***
12036 \f
12037 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12038 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17383 38805))
12039 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12040
12041 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12042 Delay this article by some time.
12043 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12044
12045 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12046 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12047
12048 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12049 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12050
12051 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12052 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12053
12054 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12055
12056 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12057 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12058
12059 \(fn)" t nil)
12060
12061 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12062 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12063 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12064 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12065
12066 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12067 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12068
12069 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12070
12071 ;;;***
12072 \f
12073 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12074 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17817 15855))
12075 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12076
12077 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12078 Not documented
12079
12080 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12081
12082 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12083 Not documented
12084
12085 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12086
12087 ;;;***
12088 \f
12089 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12090 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12091 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12092
12093 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12094 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12095
12096 \(fn)" nil nil)
12097
12098 ;;;***
12099 \f
12100 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12101 ;;;;;; (17713 5989))
12102 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12103
12104 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12105 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12106
12107 \(fn)" t nil)
12108
12109 ;;;***
12110 \f
12111 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12112 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12113 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17466
12114 ;;;;;; 28574))
12115 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12116
12117 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12118 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12119
12120 \(fn)" t nil)
12121
12122 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12123 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12124
12125 \(fn)" t nil)
12126
12127 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12128 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12129
12130 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12131
12132 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12133 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12134
12135 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12136
12137 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12138 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12139 The PNG is returned as a string.
12140
12141 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12142
12143 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12144 Convert FILE to a Face.
12145 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12146 726 bytes.
12147
12148 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12149
12150 ;;;***
12151 \f
12152 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12153 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17817 16148))
12154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12155
12156 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12157 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12158 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12159
12160 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12161
12162 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12163 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12164
12165 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12166
12167 ;;;***
12168 \f
12169 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12170 ;;;;;; (17817 14137))
12171 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12172
12173 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12174
12175 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12176 Run batched scoring.
12177 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12178
12179 \(fn)" t nil)
12180
12181 ;;;***
12182 \f
12183 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12184 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12185 ;;;;;; (17549 5046))
12186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12187
12188 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12189 Not documented
12190
12191 \(fn)" nil nil)
12192
12193 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12194 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12195 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12196
12197 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12198
12199 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12200 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12201
12202 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12203
12204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12205
12206 ;;;***
12207 \f
12208 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12209 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12210 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12211 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12212
12213 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12214 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12215 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12216 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12217 group parameters.
12218
12219 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12220 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12221 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12222 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12223
12224 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12225 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12226 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12227 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12228 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12229 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12230 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12231 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12232 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12233 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12234
12235 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12236
12237 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12238 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12239 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12240 nil CATCH-ALL).
12241
12242 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12243 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12244
12245 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12246
12247 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12248 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12249 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12250
12251 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12252
12253 \(fn)" nil nil)
12254
12255 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12256 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12257 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12258
12259 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12260
12261 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12262 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12263 existing groups are considered.
12264
12265 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12266 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12267 returned.
12268
12269 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12270 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12271 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12272 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12273 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12274 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12275 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12276 clauses will be generated.
12277
12278 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12279 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12280 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12281 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12282 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12283 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12284
12285 For example, given the following group parameters:
12286
12287 nnml:mail.bar:
12288 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12289 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12290 nnml:mail.foo:
12291 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12292 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12293 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12294 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12295 nnml:mail.others:
12296 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12297
12298 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12299
12300 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12301 \"mail.bar\")
12302 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12303 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12304 \"mail.others\")
12305
12306 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12307
12308 ;;;***
12309 \f
12310 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12311 ;;;;;; (17817 14137))
12312 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12313
12314 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12315 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12316 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12317
12318 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12319
12320 ;;;***
12321 \f
12322 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12323 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17383 38805))
12324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12325
12326 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12327 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12328 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12329 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12330
12331 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12332
12333 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12334 Mail to ADDRESS.
12335
12336 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12337
12338 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12339 Like `message-reply'.
12340
12341 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12342
12343 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12344
12345 ;;;***
12346 \f
12347 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12348 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17817 14137))
12349 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12350
12351 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12352 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12353
12354 \(fn)" t nil)
12355
12356 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12357 Load the NoCeM cache.
12358
12359 \(fn)" t nil)
12360
12361 ;;;***
12362 \f
12363 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12364 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12365 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12366 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12367
12368 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12369 Display picons in the From header.
12370 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12371
12372 \(fn)" t nil)
12373
12374 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12375 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12376 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12377
12378 \(fn)" t nil)
12379
12380 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12381 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12382 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12383
12384 \(fn)" t nil)
12385
12386 ;;;***
12387 \f
12388 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12389 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12390 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12391 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12392 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17383 38805))
12393 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12394
12395 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12396 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12397 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12398 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12399
12400 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12401
12402 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12403 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12404 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12405 LIST1 is modified.
12406
12407 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12408
12409 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12410 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12411 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12412
12413 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12414
12415 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12416 Not documented
12417
12418 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12419
12420 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12421 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12422 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12423
12424 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12425
12426 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12427 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12428 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12429
12430 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12431
12432 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12433
12434 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12435 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12436 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12437
12438 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12439
12440 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12441 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12442 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12443
12444 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12445
12446 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12447 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12448 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12449
12450 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12451
12452 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12453 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12454
12455 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12456
12457 ;;;***
12458 \f
12459 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12460 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17713 5990))
12461 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12462
12463 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12464 Not documented
12465
12466 \(fn)" t nil)
12467
12468 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12469 Install the registry hooks.
12470
12471 \(fn)" t nil)
12472
12473 ;;;***
12474 \f
12475 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12476 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17469
12477 ;;;;;; 13458))
12478 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12479
12480 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12481 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12482 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12483 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12484 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12485 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12486
12487 \(fn)" t nil)
12488
12489 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12490 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12491 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12492 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12493 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12494
12495 \(fn)" t nil)
12496
12497 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12498 Not documented
12499
12500 \(fn)" t nil)
12501
12502 ;;;***
12503 \f
12504 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12505 ;;;;;; (17817 14137))
12506 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12507
12508 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12509 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12510 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12511 for matching on group names.
12512
12513 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12514 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12515
12516 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12517
12518 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12519
12520 \(fn)" t nil)
12521
12522 ;;;***
12523 \f
12524 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12525 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12526 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12527
12528 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12529 Update the format specification near point.
12530
12531 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12532
12533 ;;;***
12534 \f
12535 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12536 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17778
12537 ;;;;;; 50473))
12538 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12539
12540 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12541 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12542
12543 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12544
12545 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12546 Not documented
12547
12548 \(fn)" nil nil)
12549
12550 ;;;***
12551 \f
12552 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12553 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
12554 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12555
12556 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12557 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12558
12559 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12560
12561 ;;;***
12562 \f
12563 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17778 50475))
12564 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12565
12566 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12567 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12568
12569 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12570 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12571 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12572
12573 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12574 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12575 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12576
12577 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12578 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12579
12580 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12581 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12582
12583 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12584
12585 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12586
12587 ;;;***
12588 \f
12589 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12590 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17591 9445))
12591 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12592
12593 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12594
12595 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12596 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12597 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12598 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12599 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12600
12601 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12602
12603 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12604 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12605 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12606 or to send e-mail.
12607 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12608 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12609
12610 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12611 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12612
12613 \(fn)" t nil)
12614 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12615
12616 ;;;***
12617 \f
12618 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12619 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12620 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17713 5410))
12621 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12622
12623 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12624 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12625
12626 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12627
12628 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12629 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12630 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12631 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12632 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12633
12634 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12635 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12636
12637 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12638
12639 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12640 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12641 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12642 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12643
12644 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12645
12646 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12647 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12648
12649 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12650
12651 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12652 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12653
12654 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12655 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12656 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12657
12658 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12659 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12660 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12661
12662 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12663 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12664
12665 If `exec', it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
12666 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
12667
12668 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12669
12670 (defvar grep-history nil)
12671
12672 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12673
12674 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12675 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12676 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12677
12678 \(fn)" nil nil)
12679
12680 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12681 Not documented
12682
12683 \(fn)" nil nil)
12684
12685 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12686 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12687
12688 \(fn)" nil nil)
12689
12690 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12691 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12692 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12693 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12694 where grep found matches.
12695
12696 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12697 easily repeat a grep command.
12698
12699 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12700 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12701 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12702 if that history list is empty).
12703
12704 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12705
12706 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12707 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12708 Collect output in a buffer.
12709 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12710 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12711
12712 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12713 easily repeat a find command.
12714
12715 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12716
12717 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12718
12719 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12720 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in current directory.
12721 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12722 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12723 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12724
12725 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12726 before it is executed.
12727 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12728
12729 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12730 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12731 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12732
12733 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12734
12735 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES)" t nil)
12736
12737 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12738 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12739 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12740 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12741 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12742
12743 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12744 before it is executed.
12745 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12746
12747 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12748 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12749 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12750
12751 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12752
12753 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12754
12755 ;;;***
12756 \f
12757 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17390 26939))
12758 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12759
12760 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12761 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12762 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12763 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12764 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12765
12766 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12767
12768 ;;;***
12769 \f
12770 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
12771 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17817 13989))
12772 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12773
12774 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12775 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12776 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12777 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12778 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12779 `gdba' for more information.
12780
12781 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12782 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12783 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12784 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12785 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12786 session.
12787
12788 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12789
12790 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12791 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12792 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12793 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12794
12795 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12796
12797 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12798 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12799 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12800 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12801
12802 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12803
12804 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12805 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12806 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12807 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12808
12809 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12810 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12811
12812 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12813
12814 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12815 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12816 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12817 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12818
12819 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12820
12821 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12822 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12823 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12824 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12825
12826 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12827
12828 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12829 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12830 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12831 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12832 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12833
12834 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12835 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12836 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12837 original source file access method.
12838
12839 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12840 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12841
12842 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12843
12844 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
12845 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12846 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12847 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12848
12849 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12850 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12851
12852 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12853
12854 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12855 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12856
12857 \(fn)" t nil)
12858
12859 ;;;***
12860 \f
12861 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17817
12862 ;;;;;; 14125))
12863 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12864
12865 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12866 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12867 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12868 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12869
12870 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12871 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12872 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12873 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12874
12875 \(fn)" t nil)
12876
12877 ;;;***
12878 \f
12879 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12880 ;;;;;; (17778 50475))
12881 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12882
12883 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12884 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12885
12886 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12887
12888 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12889 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12890 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12891 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12892
12893 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12894
12895 \(fn)" t nil)
12896
12897 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12898 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12899 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12900 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12901 to be updated.
12902
12903 \(fn)" t nil)
12904
12905 ;;;***
12906 \f
12907 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12908 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12909 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12910 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17713 5990))
12911 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12912
12913 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12914 Return the help-echo string at point.
12915 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12916 property, or nil, is returned.
12917 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12918 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12919 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12920
12921 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12922
12923 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12924 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12925 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12926 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12927 this produces no string either, return nil.
12928
12929 \(fn)" nil nil)
12930
12931 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12932 Display local help in the echo area.
12933 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12934 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12935 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12936 printed instead.
12937
12938 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12939 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12940 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12941
12942 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12943
12944 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12945 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12946 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12947
12948 \(fn)" t nil)
12949
12950 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12951 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12952 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12953
12954 \(fn)" t nil)
12955
12956 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12957 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12958 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12959 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12960 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12961 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12962 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12963 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12964 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12965 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12966 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12967
12968 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12969 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12970 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12971 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12972 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12973
12974 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12975 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12976 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12977 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12978 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12979 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12980 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12981 The default is `never'.")
12982
12983 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
12984
12985 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12986 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12987 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12988 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12989 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12990 considered different regions.
12991
12992 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12993 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12994 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12995 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12996 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12997 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12998 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12999 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13000 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13001
13002 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13003
13004 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13005 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13006 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13007 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13008 different regions.
13009
13010 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13011 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13012 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13013 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13014 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13015 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13016 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13017 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13018
13019 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13020 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13021 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13022 rarely happens in practice.
13023
13024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13025
13026 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13027 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13028 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13029 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13030 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13031 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13032
13033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13034
13035 ;;;***
13036 \f
13037 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13038 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13039 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13040 ;;;;;; (17817 15855))
13041 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13042
13043 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13044 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13045
13046 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13047
13048 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13049 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13050 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13051
13052 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13053
13054 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13055 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13056
13057 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13058
13059 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13060 Not documented
13061
13062 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13063
13064 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13065 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13066 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13067 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13068
13069 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13070
13071 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13072 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13073 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13074 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13075 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13076 it is displayed along with the global value.
13077
13078 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13079
13080 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13081 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13082 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13083 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13084
13085 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13086
13087 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13088 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13089 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13090 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13091 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13092
13093 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13094
13095 ;;;***
13096 \f
13097 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13098 ;;;;;; (17817 13976))
13099 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13100
13101 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13102 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13103 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13104 and window listing and describing the options.
13105 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13106 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13107
13108 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13109
13110 ;;;***
13111 \f
13112 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13113 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13114 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17611 9183))
13115 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13116
13117 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13118 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13119 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13120 Commands:
13121 \\{help-mode-map}
13122
13123 \(fn)" t nil)
13124
13125 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13126 Not documented
13127
13128 \(fn)" nil nil)
13129
13130 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13131 Not documented
13132
13133 \(fn)" nil nil)
13134
13135 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13136 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13137
13138 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13139 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13140 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13141 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13142
13143 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13144 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13145 restore it properly when going back.
13146
13147 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13148
13149 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13150 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13151
13152 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13153 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13154 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13155 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13156 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13157 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13158 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13159 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13160
13161 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13162 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13163 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13164 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13165
13166 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13167 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13168 that.
13169
13170 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13171
13172 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13173 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13174 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13175 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13176 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13177 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13178
13179 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13180
13181 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13182 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13183 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13184 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13185 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13186
13187 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13188
13189 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13190 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13191
13192 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13193
13194 ;;;***
13195 \f
13196 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13197 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17817 13982))
13198 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13199
13200 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13201 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13202
13203 \(fn)" t nil)
13204
13205 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13206 Provide help for current mode.
13207
13208 \(fn)" t nil)
13209
13210 ;;;***
13211 \f
13212 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13213 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17778 50473))
13214 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13215
13216 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13217 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13218 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13219 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13220 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13221
13222 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13223 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13224
13225 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13226 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13227 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13228 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13229
13230 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13231 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13232 periods.
13233
13234 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13235 in hexl format.
13236
13237 A sample format:
13238
13239 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13240 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13241 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13242 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13243 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13244 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13245 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13246 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13247 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13248 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13249 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13250 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13251 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13252 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13253 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13254
13255 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13256 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13257 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13258
13259 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13260 also supported.
13261
13262 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13263
13264 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13265 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13266 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13267
13268 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13269 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13270 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13271
13272 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13273 into the buffer at the current point.
13274
13275 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13276 into the buffer at the current point.
13277
13278 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13279 into the buffer at the current point.
13280
13281 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13282
13283 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13284 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13285
13286 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13287
13288 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13289
13290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13291
13292 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13293 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13294 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13295 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13296
13297 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13298
13299 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13300 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13301 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13302
13303 \(fn)" t nil)
13304
13305 ;;;***
13306 \f
13307 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13308 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13309 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13310 ;;;;;; (17390 26939))
13311 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13312
13313 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13314 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13315
13316 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13317 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13318 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13319 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13320 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13321 called interactively, are:
13322
13323 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13324 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13325
13326 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13327 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13328 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13329 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13330
13331 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13332 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13333
13334 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13335 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13336
13337 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13338 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
13339 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13340 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13341 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13342 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
13343
13344 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13345 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13346
13347 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
13348 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
13349 Hi-lock: FOO
13350 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13351 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13352 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13353 Patterns will be read until
13354 Hi-lock: end
13355 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13356
13357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13358
13359 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13360 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13361 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13362 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13363 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13364
13365 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
13366
13367 (put (quote global-hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13368
13369 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13370 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every buffer.
13371 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13372 Hi-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
13373 in which `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.
13374
13375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13376
13377 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13378
13379 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13380 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13381
13382 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13383 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13384 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13385 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13386
13387 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13388
13389 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13390
13391 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13392 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13393
13394 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13395 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13396 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13397 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13398
13399 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13400
13401 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13402
13403 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13404 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13405
13406 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13407 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13408
13409 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13410
13411 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13412
13413 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13414 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13415
13416 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13417 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13418 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13419 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13420 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13421
13422 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13423
13424 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13425 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13426
13427 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13428 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13429 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13430
13431 \(fn)" t nil)
13432
13433 ;;;***
13434 \f
13435 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13436 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17524 8597))
13437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13438
13439 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13440 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13441 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13442 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13443 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13444 how the hiding is done:
13445
13446 `hide-ifdef-env'
13447 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13448 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13449 is used.
13450
13451 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13452 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13453 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13454 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13455 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13456
13457 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13458 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13459 #endif lines when hiding.
13460
13461 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13462 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13463 is activated.
13464
13465 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13466 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13467 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13468
13469 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13470
13471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13472
13473 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13474 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13475
13476 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
13477
13478 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13479 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13480
13481 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
13482
13483 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13484 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13485
13486 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
13487
13488 ;;;***
13489 \f
13490 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13491 ;;;;;; (17778 50476))
13492 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13493
13494 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13495 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13496 Each element has the form
13497 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13498
13499 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13500 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13501
13502 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13503 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13504
13505 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13506 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13507 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13508 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13509 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13510 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13511
13512 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13513 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13514
13515 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13516 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13517
13518 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13519 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13520 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13521
13522 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13523 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13524 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13525 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13526 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13527 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13528
13529 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13530 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13531 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13532
13533 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13534 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13535
13536 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13537
13538 Key bindings:
13539 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13540
13541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13542
13543 ;;;***
13544 \f
13545 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13546 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13547 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13548 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13549 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17817 13976))
13550 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13551
13552 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13553 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13554 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13555
13556 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13557
13558 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13559 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13560
13561 Without an argument:
13562 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13563 or passive state as determined by the variable
13564 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13565 and passive state.
13566
13567 With an argument ARG:
13568 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13569 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13570 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13571
13572 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13573 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13574 not displayed in a different face.
13575
13576 Functions:
13577 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13578 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13579 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13580 buffer with the contents of a file
13581 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13582 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13583 various faces
13584
13585 Hook variables:
13586 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13587 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13588 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13589
13590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13591
13592 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13593 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13594
13595 \(fn)" t nil)
13596
13597 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13598 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13599
13600 \(fn)" t nil)
13601
13602 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13603 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13604
13605 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13606 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13607 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13608 shown in the last face in the list.
13609
13610 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13611 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13612 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13613
13614 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13615
13616 \(fn)" t nil)
13617
13618 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13619 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13620
13621 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13622
13623 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13624 to save the file.
13625
13626 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13627 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13628
13629 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13630 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13631 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13632
13633 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13634
13635 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13636 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13637
13638 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13639 this function is called interactively.
13640
13641 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13642 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13643 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13644
13645 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13646 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13647 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13648
13649 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13650
13651 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13652 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13653
13654 When called interactively:
13655 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13656 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13657 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13658 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13659
13660 When called from a program:
13661 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13662 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13663 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13664 - otherwise just turn it on
13665
13666 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13667 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13668 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13669 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13670
13671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13672
13673 ;;;***
13674 \f
13675 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13676 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13677 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13678 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13679 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17817 13976))
13680 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13681
13682 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13683 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13684 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13685 or insert functions in this list.")
13686
13687 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13688
13689 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13690 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13691
13692 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13693
13694 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13695 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13696
13697 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13698
13699 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13700 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13701
13702 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13703
13704 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13705 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13706
13707 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13708
13709 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13710 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13711 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13712
13713 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13714
13715 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13716 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13717 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13718 \(as atoms)")
13719
13720 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13721
13722 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13723 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13724 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13725 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13726 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13727
13728 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13729
13730 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13731 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13732 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13733 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13734 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13735 expansions.
13736 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13737 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13738 undoes the expansion.
13739
13740 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13741
13742 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13743 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13744 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13745 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13746
13747 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13748
13749 ;;;***
13750 \f
13751 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13752 ;;;;;; (17713 5990))
13753 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13754
13755 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13756 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13757 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13758
13759 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13760 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13761 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13762 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13763 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13764
13765 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13766 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13767 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13768 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13769
13770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13771
13772 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13773 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13774 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13775 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13776 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13777 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13778
13779 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13780
13781 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13782 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13783 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13784
13785 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13786 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13787
13788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13789
13790 ;;;***
13791 \f
13792 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13793 ;;;;;; (17427 42815))
13794 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13795
13796 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13797 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13798 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13799
13800 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13801
13802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13803
13804 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13805 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13806
13807 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13808 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13809 different list. For example,
13810
13811 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13812 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13813
13814 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13815 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13816
13817 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13818 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13819 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13820 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13821 of a holiday list.
13822
13823 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13824
13825 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13826
13827 ;;;***
13828 \f
13829 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
13830 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17817 14122))
13831 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
13832
13833 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
13834 This function is obsolete.
13835 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13836 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13837
13838 \(fn)" nil nil)
13839
13840 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
13841 This function is obsolete.
13842 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13843 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13844
13845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13846
13847 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
13848 This function is obsolete.
13849 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13850 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13851
13852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13853
13854 ;;;***
13855 \f
13856 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17778
13857 ;;;;;; 50473))
13858 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13859
13860 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13861 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13862
13863 \(fn)" t nil)
13864
13865 ;;;***
13866 \f
13867 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13868 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13869 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13870 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13871 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13872 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13873 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13874 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13875 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13876 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13877 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13878 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13879 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13880 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13881 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13882 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13883 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13884 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13885 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13886 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13887 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13888 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13889 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17713 5990))
13890 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13891
13892 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13893 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13894 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13895
13896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13897
13898 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13899 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13900
13901 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13902
13903 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13904 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13905
13906 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13907
13908 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13909 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13910
13911 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13912
13913 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13914 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13915
13916 \(fn)" t nil)
13917
13918 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13919 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13920
13921 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13922
13923 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13924 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13925
13926 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13927 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13928 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13929 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13930 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13931 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13932 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13933 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13934 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13935 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13936 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13937 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13938
13939 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13940 Not documented
13941
13942 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13943
13944 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13945 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13946
13947 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13948
13949 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13950 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13951
13952 \(fn)" t nil)
13953
13954 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13955 Remove the first filter group.
13956
13957 \(fn)" t nil)
13958
13959 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13960 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13961
13962 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13963
13964 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13965 Remove all filter groups.
13966
13967 \(fn)" t nil)
13968
13969 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13970 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13971
13972 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13973
13974 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13975 Kill the filter group named NAME.
13976 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13977
13978 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13979
13980 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13981 Kill the filter group at point.
13982 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
13983
13984 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
13985
13986 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
13987 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
13988
13989 \(fn)" t nil)
13990
13991 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13992 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
13993
13994 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13995
13996 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13997 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
13998 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
13999 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14000
14001 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14002
14003 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14004 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14005 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14006
14007 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14008
14009 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14010 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14011 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
14012 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14013 of replacing the current filters.
14014
14015 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14016
14017 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
14018 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14019
14020 \(fn)" t nil)
14021
14022 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14023 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14024
14025 \(fn)" t nil)
14026
14027 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14028 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14029
14030 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14031 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14032 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14033
14034 \(fn)" t nil)
14035
14036 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14037 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14038
14039 \(fn)" t nil)
14040
14041 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14042 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14043
14044 \(fn)" t nil)
14045
14046 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14047 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14048 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14049 filter into parts.
14050
14051 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14052
14053 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14054 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14055 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14056
14057 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14058
14059 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14060 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14061
14062 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14063
14064 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14065 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14066
14067 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14068
14069 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14070 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14071 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14072 of replacing the current filters.
14073
14074 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14075 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14076 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14077 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14078 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14079 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14080 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14081 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14082 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14083
14084 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14085 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14086 Default sorting modes are:
14087 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14088 Name - the name of the buffer
14089 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14090 Size - the size of the buffer
14091
14092 \(fn)" t nil)
14093
14094 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14095 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14096
14097 \(fn)" t nil)
14098 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14099 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14100 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14101 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14102
14103 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14104 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14105
14106 \(fn)" t nil)
14107
14108 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14109 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14110 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14111 for this Ibuffer session.
14112
14113 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14114
14115 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14116 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14117 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14118 for this Ibuffer session.
14119
14120 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14121
14122 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14123 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14124
14125 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14126 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14127
14128 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14129 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14130
14131 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14132
14133 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14134 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14135
14136 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14137 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14138
14139 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14140
14141 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14142 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14143
14144 \(fn)" t nil)
14145
14146 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14147 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14148
14149 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14150 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14151 hidden group filter, open it.
14152
14153 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14154 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14155 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14156
14157 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14158
14159 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14160 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14161 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14162
14163 \(fn)" t nil)
14164
14165 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14166 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14167
14168 The names are separated by a space.
14169 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14170
14171 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14172 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14173 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14174 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14175
14176 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14177
14178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14179
14180 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14181 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14182
14183 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14184
14185 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14186 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14187
14188 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14189
14190 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14191 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14192
14193 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14194
14195 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14196 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14197
14198 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14199
14200 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14201 Mark all modified buffers.
14202
14203 \(fn)" t nil)
14204
14205 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14206 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14207
14208 \(fn)" t nil)
14209
14210 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14211 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14212
14213 \(fn)" t nil)
14214
14215 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14216 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14217
14218 \(fn)" t nil)
14219
14220 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14221 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14222
14223 \(fn)" t nil)
14224
14225 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14226 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14227
14228 \(fn)" t nil)
14229
14230 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14231 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14232
14233 \(fn)" t nil)
14234
14235 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14236 Mark all read-only buffers.
14237
14238 \(fn)" t nil)
14239
14240 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14241 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14242
14243 \(fn)" t nil)
14244
14245 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14246 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14247 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14248 defaults to one.
14249
14250 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14251
14252 ;;;***
14253 \f
14254 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14255 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17466
14256 ;;;;;; 28164))
14257 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14258
14259 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14260 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14261
14262 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14263 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14264 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14265
14266 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14267 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14268 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14269 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14270 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14271 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14272
14273 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14274 title of the column.
14275
14276 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14277 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14278 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14279 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14280 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14281
14282 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14283
14284 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14285 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14286 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14287 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14288 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14289
14290 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14291 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14292 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14293
14294 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14295
14296 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14297 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14298 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14299 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14300 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14301 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14302
14303 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14304 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14305 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14306 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14307 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14308 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14309 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14310 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14311 values are:
14312 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14313 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14314 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14315 buffer's modification flag.
14316 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14317 prompted before performing this operation.
14318 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14319 operation is complete, in the form:
14320 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14321 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14322 confirmation message, in the form:
14323 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14324 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14325 macro for exactly what it does.
14326
14327 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14328
14329 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14330 Define a filter named NAME.
14331 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14332 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14333 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14334
14335 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14336 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14337 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14338 bound to the current value of the filter.
14339
14340 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14341
14342 ;;;***
14343 \f
14344 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14345 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17713 5990))
14346 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14347
14348 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14349 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14350 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14351 buffers which are visiting a file.
14352
14353 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14354
14355 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14356 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14357 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14358 buffers which are visiting a file.
14359
14360 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14361
14362 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14363 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14364 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14365
14366 All arguments are optional.
14367 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14368 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14369 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14370 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14371 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14372 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14373 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14374 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14375 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14376 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14377 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14378 that value locally in this buffer.
14379
14380 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14381
14382 ;;;***
14383 \f
14384 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14385 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14386 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17817 15855))
14387 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14388
14389 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14390 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14391 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14392 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14393
14394 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14395
14396 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14397 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14398 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14399 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14400 ICAL-FILENAME.
14401 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14402 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14403 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14404
14405 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14406
14407 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14408 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14409 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14410 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14411 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14412 non-marking or not.
14413
14414 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14415
14416 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14417 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14418
14419 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14420 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14421 DIARY-FILE.
14422
14423 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14424 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14425 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
14426
14427 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14428 non-marking.
14429
14430 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14431 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
14432 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14433
14434 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14435
14436 ;;;***
14437 \f
14438 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17778
14439 ;;;;;; 50473))
14440 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14441
14442 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14443 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14444 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14445 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14446 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14447 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14448
14449 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14450
14451 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14452 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14453 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14454
14455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14456
14457 ;;;***
14458 \f
14459 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17390 27408))
14460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14461
14462 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14463 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14464 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14465 Tab indents for Icon code.
14466 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14467 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14468 \\{icon-mode-map}
14469 Variables controlling indentation style:
14470 icon-tab-always-indent
14471 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14472 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14473 icon-auto-newline
14474 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14475 inserted in Icon code.
14476 icon-indent-level
14477 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14478 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14479 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14480 icon-continued-statement-offset
14481 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14482 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14483 icon-continued-brace-offset
14484 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14485 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14486 icon-brace-offset
14487 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14488 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14489 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14490 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14491
14492 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14493 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14494
14495 \(fn)" t nil)
14496
14497 ;;;***
14498 \f
14499 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14500 ;;;;;; (17778 50476))
14501 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14502
14503 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14504 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14505 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14506 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14507
14508 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14509 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14510 separate frames.
14511
14512 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14513 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14514
14515 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14516 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14517 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14518
14519 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14520
14521 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14522
14523 ;;;***
14524 \f
14525 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14526 ;;;;;; (17817 14147))
14527 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14528
14529 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14530 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14531
14532 The main features of this mode are
14533
14534 1. Indentation and Formatting
14535 --------------------------
14536 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14537 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14538
14539 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14540 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14541 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14542 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14543
14544 Comments are indented as follows:
14545
14546 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14547 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14548 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14549
14550 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14551
14552 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14553 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14554 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14555 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14556 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14557 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14558
14559 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14560 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14561 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14562 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14563
14564 2. Routine Info
14565 ------------
14566 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14567 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14568 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14569 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14570 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14571 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14572 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14573 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14574 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14575 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14576
14577 3. Online IDL Help
14578 ---------------
14579
14580 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14581 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14582 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14583 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14584
14585 4. Completion
14586 ----------
14587 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14588 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14589 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14590 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14591 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14592 upper case.
14593
14594 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14595 --------------------------------
14596 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14597 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14598
14599 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14600 \\fu FUNCTION template
14601 \\c CASE statement template
14602 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14603 \\f FOR loop template
14604 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14605 \\w WHILE loop template
14606 \\i IF statement template
14607 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14608 \\b BEGIN
14609
14610 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14611 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14612
14613 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14614 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14615 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14616 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14617
14618 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14619 -------------------------
14620 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14621 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14622
14623 7. Automatic END completion
14624 ------------------------
14625 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14626 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14627
14628 8. Hooks
14629 -----
14630 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14631 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14632
14633 9. Documentation and Customization
14634 -------------------------------
14635 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14636 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14637 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14638 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14639 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14640
14641 10.Keybindings
14642 -----------
14643 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14644 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14645 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14646
14647 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14648
14649 \(fn)" t nil)
14650 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14651
14652 ;;;***
14653 \f
14654 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14655 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14656 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14657 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14658 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14659 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14660 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14661 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17817
14662 ;;;;;; 16161))
14663 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14664
14665 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14666 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14667 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14668 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14669 displaying...)
14670 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14671 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14672 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14673
14674 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14675 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14676
14677 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14678
14679 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14680 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14681 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14682 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14683 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14684 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14685 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14686 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14687 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14688
14689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14690
14691 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14692 Switch to another buffer.
14693 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14694 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14695 in another frame.
14696
14697 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14698 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14699 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14700 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14701 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14702
14703 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14704 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14705
14706 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14707 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14708
14709 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14710 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14711 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14712 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14713 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14714 in a separate window.
14715 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14716 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14717 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14718 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14719 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14720 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14721 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14722 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14723 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14724
14725 \(fn)" t nil)
14726
14727 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14728 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14729 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14730 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14731
14732 \(fn)" t nil)
14733
14734 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14735 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14736 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14737 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14738
14739 \(fn)" t nil)
14740
14741 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14742 Kill a buffer.
14743 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14744 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14745
14746 \(fn)" t nil)
14747
14748 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14749 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14750 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14751 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14752
14753 \(fn)" t nil)
14754
14755 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14756 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14757 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14758 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
14759
14760 \(fn)" t nil)
14761
14762 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14763 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14764
14765 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14766
14767 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14768 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14769 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14770 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14771 visible in another frame.
14772
14773 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14774 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14775 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14776 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14777 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14778 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14779
14780 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14781 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14782
14783 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14784 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14785
14786 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14787 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14788 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14789 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14790 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14791 in a separate window.
14792 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14793 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14794 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14795 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14796 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14797 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14798 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14799 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14800 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14801 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14802 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14803 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14804 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14805 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14806 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14807
14808 \(fn)" t nil)
14809
14810 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14811 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14812 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14813 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14814
14815 \(fn)" t nil)
14816
14817 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14818 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14819 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14820 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14821
14822 \(fn)" t nil)
14823
14824 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14825 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14826 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14827 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14828
14829 \(fn)" t nil)
14830
14831 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14832 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14833 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14834 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14835
14836 \(fn)" t nil)
14837
14838 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14839 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14840 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14841 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14842
14843 \(fn)" t nil)
14844
14845 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14846 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14847 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14848 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14849
14850 \(fn)" t nil)
14851
14852 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14853 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14854 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14855 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14856
14857 \(fn)" t nil)
14858
14859 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14860 Write current buffer to a file.
14861 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14862 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14863
14864 \(fn)" t nil)
14865
14866 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14867 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14868 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14869 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14870
14871 \(fn)" t nil)
14872
14873 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14874 Call `dired' the ido way.
14875 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14876 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
14877
14878 \(fn)" t nil)
14879
14880 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14881 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14882 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14883 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14884 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14885 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14886
14887 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14888
14889 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14890 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14891 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14892 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14893
14894 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14895
14896 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14897 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14898 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14899 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14900
14901 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14902
14903 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14904 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14905 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14906 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14907 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14908 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14909 with `completing-read'.
14910 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14911 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14912 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14913 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14914 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14915 with point positioned at the end.
14916 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14917 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14918
14919 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14920
14921 ;;;***
14922 \f
14923 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17817 13976))
14924 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14925 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14926
14927 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14928 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14929 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14930
14931 \(fn)" t nil)
14932
14933 ;;;***
14934 \f
14935 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14936 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
14937 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14938
14939 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14940 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14941
14942 \(fn)" t nil)
14943
14944 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14945 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14946
14947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14948
14949 ;;;***
14950 \f
14951 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14952 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14953 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14954 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14955 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (17817 16882))
14956 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14957
14958 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14959 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14960 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14961 be determined.
14962
14963 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14964
14965 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14966 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14967 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14968 be determined.
14969
14970 \(fn)" nil nil)
14971
14972 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14973 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14974 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14975 be determined.
14976
14977 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14978
14979 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14980 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14981 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14982 be determined.
14983
14984 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14985
14986 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
14987 Determine and return image type.
14988 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14989 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14990 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14991 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14992 use its file extension as image type.
14993 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14994
14995 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14996
14997 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
14998 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14999 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15000
15001 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15002
15003 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
15004 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15005 Whether image types are auto-detectable or not depends on the setting
15006 of the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'.
15007
15008 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
15009
15010 \(fn)" nil nil)
15011
15012 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
15013 Create an image.
15014 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15015 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15016 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15017 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15018 use its file extension as image type.
15019 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15020 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15021 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15022 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15023
15024 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15025
15026 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15027
15028 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
15029 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15030 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15031 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15032 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15033 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15034 POS may be an integer or marker.
15035 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15036 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15037 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15038 means display it in the right marginal area.
15039
15040 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15041
15042 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15043 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15044 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15045 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15046 defaulted if you omit it.
15047 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15048 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15049 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15050 means display it in the right marginal area.
15051 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15052 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15053 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15054 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15055 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15056
15057 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15058
15059 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15060 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15061 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15062 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15063 defaulted if you omit it.
15064 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15065 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15066 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15067 means display it in the right marginal area.
15068 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15069
15070 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15071
15072 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15073 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15074 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15075 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15076
15077 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15078
15079 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15080 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15081
15082 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15083
15084 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15085 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15086 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15087 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15088 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15089 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15090 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15091 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15092 satisfied.
15093
15094 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15095
15096 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15097
15098 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15099
15100 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15101 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15102
15103 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15104 documentation string.
15105
15106 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15107 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15108 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15109 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15110 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15111 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15112 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15113 define SYMBOL.
15114
15115 Example:
15116
15117 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15118 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15119
15120 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15121
15122 ;;;***
15123 \f
15124 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15125 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15126 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17390 26940))
15127 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15128
15129 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15130 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15131 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15132 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15133
15134 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15135 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15136 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15137 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15138
15139 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
15140
15141 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15142 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15143 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15144 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15145
15146 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15147 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15148 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15149 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15150
15151 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
15152
15153 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15154 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15155
15156 \(fn)" nil nil)
15157
15158 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15159 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15160 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15161 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15162
15163 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15164
15165 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15166 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15167 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15168 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15169 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15170
15171 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
15172
15173 (put (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
15174
15175 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15176 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15177 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15178 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15179
15180 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15181 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15182 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15183
15184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15185
15186 ;;;***
15187 \f
15188 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15189 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17713 5990))
15190 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15191 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15192 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15193 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15194 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15195 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15196 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15197
15198 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15199 Major mode for image files.
15200 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15201 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15202
15203 \(fn)" t nil)
15204
15205 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15206 Toggle Image minor mode.
15207 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15208 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15209
15210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15211
15212 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15213 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15214 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15215 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15216 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15217 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15218
15219 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15220 information on these modes.
15221
15222 \(fn)" t nil)
15223
15224 ;;;***
15225 \f
15226 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15227 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17817 13976))
15228 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15229
15230 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15231 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15232
15233 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15234
15235 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15236 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15237 in the buffer.
15238
15239 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15240
15241 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15242 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15243 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15244
15245 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15246
15247 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15248 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15249
15250 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15251 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15252 pattern's structure.
15253
15254 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15255 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15256 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15257 during matching.")
15258
15259 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15260
15261 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15262 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15263
15264 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15265 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15266 called within a `save-excursion'.
15267
15268 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15269
15270 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15271
15272 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15273 Function for finding the next index position.
15274
15275 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15276 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15277 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15278 file.
15279
15280 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15281 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15282
15283 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15284
15285 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15286 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15287
15288 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15289 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15290 It should return the name for that index item.")
15291
15292 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15293
15294 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15295 Function to compare string with index item.
15296
15297 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15298 non-nil if they match.
15299
15300 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15301 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15302 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15303 arguments match\".")
15304
15305 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15306
15307 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15308 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15309 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15310
15311 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15312
15313 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15314
15315 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15316
15317 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15318 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15319 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15320 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15321
15322 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15323
15324 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15325 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15326
15327 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15328
15329 \(fn)" t nil)
15330
15331 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15332 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15333 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15334 for more information.
15335
15336 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15337
15338 ;;;***
15339 \f
15340 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15341 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15342 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17817 14144))
15343 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15344
15345 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15346 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15347
15348 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15349
15350 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15351 Not documented
15352
15353 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15354
15355 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15356 Not documented
15357
15358 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15359
15360 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15361 Not documented
15362
15363 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15364
15365 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15366 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15367 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15368 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15369 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15370
15371 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15372
15373 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15374 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15375 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15376 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15377 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15378
15379 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15380
15381 ;;;***
15382 \f
15383 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15384 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15385 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17549 4607))
15386 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15387
15388 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15389 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15390 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15391 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15392 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15393
15394 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp")
15395
15396 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15397 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15398
15399 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp")
15400
15401 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15402 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15403 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15404 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15405 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15406 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15407 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15408 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15409
15410 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp")
15411
15412 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15413 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15414 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15415 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15416 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15417
15418 This variable is only used if the variable
15419 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15420
15421 More precise choices:
15422 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15423 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15424 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15425
15426 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15427
15428 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp")
15429
15430 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15431 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15432
15433 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15434 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15435 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15436 to that buffer.
15437 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15438 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15439 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15440 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15441
15442 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15443 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15444
15445 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15446
15447 ;;;***
15448 \f
15449 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15450 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15451 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15452 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (17817 16152))
15453 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15454
15455 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15456 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15457
15458 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15459 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15460 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15461
15462 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15463 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15464 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15465 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15466 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15467 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15468 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15469 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15470 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15471 with the top-level Info directory.
15472
15473 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15474 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15475 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15476 appended to the Info buffer name.
15477
15478 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15479 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15480 in all the directories in that path.
15481
15482 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15483
15484 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15485 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15486
15487 \(fn)" t nil)
15488
15489 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15490 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15491 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15492 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15493
15494 \(fn)" nil nil)
15495
15496 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15497 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15498 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15499 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15500
15501 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15502
15503 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15504 Go to the Info directory node.
15505
15506 \(fn)" t nil)
15507
15508 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15509 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15510 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15511 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15512 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15513 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15514
15515 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15516
15517 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15518 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15519 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15520
15521 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15522
15523 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15524 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15525 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15526 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15527 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15528
15529 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15530 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15531
15532 Selecting other nodes:
15533 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15534 Follow a node reference you click on.
15535 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15536 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15537 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15538 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15539 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15540 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15541 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15542 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15543 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15544 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15545 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15546 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15547 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15548 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15549 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15550 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15551 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15552 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15553 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15554 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15555
15556 Moving within a node:
15557 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15558 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15559 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15560 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15561 move up to the parent node.
15562 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15563 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15564 if there is none.
15565 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15566
15567 Advanced commands:
15568 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15569 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15570 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15571 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15572 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15573 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15574 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15575 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15576 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15577 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15578 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15579 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15580 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15581 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15582 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15583 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15584
15585 \(fn)" nil nil)
15586 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15587
15588 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15589 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15590 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15591 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15592 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15593 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15594
15595 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15596 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15597
15598 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15599 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15600 KEY is a string.
15601 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15602 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15603 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15604 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15605
15606 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15607
15608 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15609 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15610 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15611
15612 \(fn)" t nil)
15613
15614 ;;;***
15615 \f
15616 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15617 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15618 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
15619 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15620
15621 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15622 Throw away all cached data.
15623 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15624 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15625 system.
15626
15627 \(fn)" t nil)
15628 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15629
15630 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15631 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15632 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15633 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15634 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15635 one found at point.
15636
15637 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15638
15639 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15640 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15641
15642 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15643 Display the documentation of a file.
15644 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15645 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15646 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15647 The default file name is the one found at point.
15648
15649 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15650
15651 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15652
15653 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15654 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15655
15656 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15657
15658 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15659 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15660
15661 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15662
15663 ;;;***
15664 \f
15665 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15666 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17524 8597))
15667 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15668
15669 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15670 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15671
15672 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15673
15674 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15675 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15676 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15677
15678 \(fn)" t nil)
15679
15680 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15681 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15682 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15683
15684 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15685 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15686 quite a while.
15687
15688 \(fn)" t nil)
15689
15690 ;;;***
15691 \f
15692 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15693 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17817 13976))
15694 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15695
15696 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15697 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15698
15699 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15700
15701 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15702 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15703 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15704
15705 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15706 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15707 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15708
15709 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15710 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15711 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15712 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15713
15714 \(fn)" t nil)
15715
15716 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15717 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15718 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15719
15720 \(fn)" t nil)
15721
15722 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15723 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15724 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15725 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15726 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15727
15728 \(fn)" nil nil)
15729
15730 ;;;***
15731 \f
15732 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15733 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15734 ;;;;;; (17817 15477))
15735 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15736
15737 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15738 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15739
15740 \(fn)" t nil)
15741
15742 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15743 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15744
15745 \(fn)" t nil)
15746
15747 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15748 Not documented
15749
15750 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15751
15752 ;;;***
15753 \f
15754 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17817
15755 ;;;;;; 15738))
15756 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15757
15758 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15759 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15760 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15761 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15762 accessed via isearchb.
15763
15764 \(fn)" t nil)
15765
15766 ;;;***
15767 \f
15768 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15769 ;;;;;; (17383 38806))
15770 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15771
15772 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
15773 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
15774 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
15775 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
15776 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
15777 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
15778
15779 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
15780 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
15781
15782 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
15783 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
15784 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
15785 \"s gives German sharp s.
15786 /a gives a with ring.
15787 /e gives an a-e ligature.
15788 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
15789 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
15790 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
15791
15792 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
15793 and a negative argument disables it.
15794
15795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15796
15797 ;;;***
15798 \f
15799 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15800 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15801 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15802 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17817 14140))
15803 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15804
15805 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15806 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15807 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15808 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15809
15810 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15811
15812 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15813 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15814 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15815 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15816
15817 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15818
15819 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15820 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15821 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15822 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15823
15824 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15825
15826 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15827 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15828 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15829 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15830
15831 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15832
15833 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15834 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15835 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15836 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15837
15838 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15839
15840 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15841 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15842 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15843 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15844
15845 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15846
15847 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15848 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15849 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15850 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15851
15852 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15853
15854 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15855 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15856 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15857 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15858
15859 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15860
15861 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15862 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15863 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15864 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15865
15866 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15867
15868 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15869 Warn that format is read-only.
15870
15871 \(fn)" t nil)
15872
15873 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15874 Warn that format is write-only.
15875
15876 \(fn)" t nil)
15877
15878 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
15879 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15880
15881 \(fn)" t nil)
15882
15883 ;;;***
15884 \f
15885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15886 ;;;;;; (17817 14140))
15887 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15888 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15889 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15890 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15891
15892 ;;;***
15893 \f
15894 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15895 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15896 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15897 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
15898 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
15899 ;;;;;; (17778 50479))
15900 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15901 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15902
15903 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15904 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15905 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
15906 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
15907
15908 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
15909 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15910
15911 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
15912 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
15913 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15914
15915 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
15916 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
15917 re-start Emacs.")
15918
15919 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
15920
15921 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15922
15923 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
15924
15925 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
15926
15927 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
15928
15929 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "." nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
15930
15931 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
15932
15933 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
15934 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
15935
15936 Each element of this list is also a list:
15937
15938 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
15939 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
15940
15941 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
15942 nil means the default dictionary.
15943
15944 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
15945 word.
15946
15947 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
15948
15949 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
15950 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
15951 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
15952 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
15953 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
15954 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
15955 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
15956 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
15957 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
15958
15959 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
15960 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
15961 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
15962 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
15963 for non-ASCII bytes.
15964
15965 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
15966 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
15967 single word.
15968
15969 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
15970 subprocess.
15971
15972 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
15973 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
15974 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
15975 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
15976 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
15977 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
15978 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
15979 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
15980
15981 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
15982
15983 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
15984 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
15985 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
15986
15987 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15988 Key map for ispell menu.")
15989
15990 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15991 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15992 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15993 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15994
15995 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
15996
15997 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15998
15999 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16000
16001 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
16002
16003 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16004 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16005 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16006 Valid forms include:
16007 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16008 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16009 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16010 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16011
16012 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16013 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16014 First list is used raw.
16015 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16016
16017 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16018 for skipping in latex mode.")
16019
16020 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
16021 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16022 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16023 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16024 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16025 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16026
16027 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
16028 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16029 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16030 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16031
16032 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16033 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16034 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16035 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16036 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16037
16038 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16039 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16040
16041 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16042 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16043
16044 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16045 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16046
16047 return values:
16048 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16049 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16050 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16051 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16052 quit spell session exited.
16053
16054 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16055
16056 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16057 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16058 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16059
16060 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16061
16062 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16063 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16064
16065 Selections are:
16066
16067 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16068 SPC: Accept word this time.
16069 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16070 `a': Accept word for this session.
16071 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16072 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16073 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16074 `?': Show these commands.
16075 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16076 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16077 the aborted check to be completed later.
16078 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16079 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16080 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16081 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16082 `C-l': redraws screen
16083 `C-r': recursive edit
16084 `C-z': suspend Emacs or iconify frame
16085
16086 \(fn)" nil nil)
16087
16088 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16089 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16090 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16091
16092 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16093
16094 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16095 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16096 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16097 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16098
16099 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16100
16101 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16102
16103 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16104 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16105 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16106 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16107
16108 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16109
16110 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16111 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16112
16113 \(fn)" t nil)
16114
16115 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16116 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16117
16118 \(fn)" t nil)
16119
16120 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16121 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16122
16123 \(fn)" t nil)
16124
16125 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16126 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16127 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16128 sequence inside of a word.
16129
16130 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16131
16132 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16133
16134 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16135 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16136
16137 \(fn)" t nil)
16138
16139 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16140 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16141 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16142 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16143
16144 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16145 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16146 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16147 available on the net.
16148
16149 \(fn)" t nil)
16150
16151 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16152 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16153 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16154
16155 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16156 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16157
16158 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16159 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16160
16161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16162
16163 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16164 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16165 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16166 Don't check included messages.
16167
16168 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16169 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16170 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16171
16172 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16173 in your .emacs file:
16174 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16175 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16176 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16177 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16178
16179 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16180 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16181 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16182
16183 \(fn)" t nil)
16184
16185 ;;;***
16186 \f
16187 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17441
16188 ;;;;;; 26660))
16189 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16190
16191 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16192 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16193 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16194 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16195 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16196
16197 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
16198
16199 (put (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
16200
16201 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16202 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16203 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16204 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16205 `iswitchb' for details.
16206
16207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16208
16209 ;;;***
16210 \f
16211 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16212 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16213 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16214 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17817 15478))
16215 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16216
16217 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16218 Not documented
16219
16220 \(fn)" nil nil)
16221
16222 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16223 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16224 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16225 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16226 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16227 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16228 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16229 necessary to represent OBJ.
16230
16231 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16232
16233 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16234 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16235 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16236 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16237
16238 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16239
16240 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16241 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16242 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16243 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16244 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16245
16246 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16247
16248 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16249 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16250 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16251 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16252
16253 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16254
16255 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16256 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16257 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16258 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16259
16260 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16261
16262 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16263 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16264
16265 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16266
16267 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16268 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16269 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16270 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16271 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16272
16273 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16274
16275 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16276 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16277 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16278 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16279 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16280
16281 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16282
16283 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16284 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16285 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16286
16287 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16288
16289 ;;;***
16290 \f
16291 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16292 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17817 13976))
16293 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16294
16295 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16296 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16297 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16298 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16299
16300 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16301 Not documented
16302
16303 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16304
16305 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16306 Uninstall jka-compr.
16307 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16308 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16309 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16310
16311 \(fn)" nil nil)
16312
16313 ;;;***
16314 \f
16315 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16316 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16317 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
16318 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16319
16320 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16321 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16322 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16323 decimal key must be specified.")
16324
16325 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
16326
16327 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16328 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16329 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16330 decimal key must be specified.")
16331
16332 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
16333
16334 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16335 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16336 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16337 decimal key must be specified.")
16338
16339 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
16340
16341 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16342 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16343 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16344 decimal key must be specified.")
16345
16346 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
16347
16348 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16349 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
16350 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16351 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16352 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16353 keys are bound.
16354
16355 Setup Binding
16356 -------------------------------------------------------------
16357 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16358 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16359 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16360 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16361 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16362 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16363 in the global and local keymaps.
16364
16365 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16366 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16367
16368 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16369
16370 ;;;***
16371 \f
16372 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16373 ;;;;;; (17817 15477))
16374 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16375
16376 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16377 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16378 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16379
16380 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16381 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16382 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16383 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16384 shorter.
16385
16386 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16387 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16388 the context of text formatting.
16389
16390 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16391
16392 ;;;***
16393 \f
16394 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17817
16395 ;;;;;; 15477))
16396 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16397
16398 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16399 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16400 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16401 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16402 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16403 positions that contains the current selection.")
16404
16405 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16406 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16407 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16408 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16409 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16410 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16411 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16412
16413 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16414
16415 ;;;***
16416 \f
16417 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16418 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16419 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16420 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17778 50473))
16421 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16422 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16423 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16424 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16425 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16426 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16427 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16428 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16429
16430 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16431 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16432 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16433 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16434 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16435
16436 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16437
16438 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16439 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16440 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16441
16442 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16443 defining the macro.
16444
16445 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16446 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16447 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16448
16449 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16450 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16451
16452 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16453
16454 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16455 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16456 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16457 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16458 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16459 under that name.
16460
16461 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16462 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16463 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16464
16465 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16466
16467 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16468 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16469 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16470
16471 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16472 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16473 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16474 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16475
16476 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16477 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16478
16479 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16480
16481 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16482 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16483 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16484
16485 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16486 macro.
16487
16488 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16489 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16490
16491 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16492 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16493 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
16494
16495 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16496 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16497
16498 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16499
16500 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16501 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16502 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16503 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16504
16505 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16506
16507 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16508 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16509 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16510 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16511
16512 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16513 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16514
16515 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16516
16517 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16518 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16519 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16520
16521 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16522
16523 ;;;***
16524 \f
16525 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16526 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16527 ;;;;;; (17817 14145))
16528 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16529
16530 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16531
16532 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16533 Not documented
16534
16535 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16536
16537 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16538 Not documented
16539
16540 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16541
16542 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16543 Not documented
16544
16545 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16546
16547 ;;;***
16548 \f
16549 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16550 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17817 15478))
16551 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16552
16553 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16554 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16555 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16556
16557 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16558 Not documented
16559
16560 \(fn)" nil nil)
16561
16562 ;;;***
16563 \f
16564 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16565 ;;;;;; (17817 14125))
16566 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16567
16568 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16569
16570 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16571 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16572
16573 \(fn)" t nil)
16574
16575 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16576
16577 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16578 Start or resume an Lm game.
16579 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16580 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16581
16582 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16583 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16584 none / 1 | yes | no
16585 2 | yes | yes
16586 3 | no | yes
16587 4 | no | no
16588
16589 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16590 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16591 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16592
16593 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16594
16595 ;;;***
16596 \f
16597 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16598 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16599 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17817
16600 ;;;;;; 15478))
16601 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16602
16603 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16604 Not documented
16605
16606 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16607
16608 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16609 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16610 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16611 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16612 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16613 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16614
16615 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16616 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16617
16618 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16619
16620 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16621 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16622
16623 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16624
16625 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16626 Not documented
16627
16628 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16629
16630 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16631 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16632 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16633 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16634 to compose.
16635
16636 The return value is number of composed characters.
16637
16638 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16639
16640 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16641 Not documented
16642
16643 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16644
16645 ;;;***
16646 \f
16647 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16648 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16649 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17713 5990))
16650 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16651
16652 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16653 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16654 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16655 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16656
16657 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16658
16659 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16660 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16661 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16662
16663 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16664
16665 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16666 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16667 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16668
16669 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16670
16671 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16672 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16673 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16674 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16675
16676 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16677
16678 ;;;***
16679 \f
16680 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16681 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17817 14141))
16682 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16683
16684 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16685 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16686 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16687 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16688 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16689 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16690 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16691 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16692
16693 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16694 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16695
16696 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16697 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16698
16699 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16700
16701 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16702 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16703 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16704 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16705 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16706 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16707 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16708 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16709
16710 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16711
16712 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16713 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16714 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16715 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16716
16717 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16718 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16719
16720 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16721
16722 ;;;***
16723 \f
16724 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16725 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17383 38807))
16726 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16727
16728 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16729 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16730 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16731 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16732
16733 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16734
16735 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16736 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16737 JIT Lock's favor.
16738
16739 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16740
16741 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16742 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16743 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16744 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16745 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16746 for large buffers.
16747
16748 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16749 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16750 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16751 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16752 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16753
16754 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16755 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16756 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16757 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16758 slow to keep up with your typing.
16759
16760 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16761 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16762 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16763 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16764 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16765 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16766
16767 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16768 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16769 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16770 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16771
16772 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16773 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16774 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
16775 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
16776
16777 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
16778 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
16779 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
16780 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
16781 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
16782
16783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16784
16785 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
16786 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
16787
16788 \(fn)" nil nil)
16789
16790 ;;;***
16791 \f
16792 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16793 ;;;;;; (17817 14147))
16794 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16795
16796 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16797
16798 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16799
16800 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16801 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16802
16803 \(fn)" t nil)
16804
16805 ;;;***
16806 \f
16807 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16808 ;;;;;; (17817 13976))
16809 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16810
16811 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16812 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16813
16814 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16815 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16816
16817 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16818 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16819
16820 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16821 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16822 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16823 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16824 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16825 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16826 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16827 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16828 and transmit saved text.
16829
16830 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16831 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16832 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16833
16834 \(fn)" t nil)
16835
16836 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16837 Not documented
16838
16839 \(fn)" nil nil)
16840
16841 ;;;***
16842 \f
16843 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17713 5990))
16844 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16845
16846 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16847 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16848 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16849 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16850 generations (this defaults to 1).
16851
16852 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16853
16854 ;;;***
16855 \f
16856 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17817
16857 ;;;;;; 13976))
16858 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16859
16860 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16861 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16862 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16863 is nil, raise an error.
16864
16865 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16866 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16867 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
16868 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16869 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
16870 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16871 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16872 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16873 such as redefining an Emacs function.
16874
16875 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16876
16877 ;;;***
16878 \f
16879 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16880 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17778 50475))
16881 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16882
16883 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16884 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16885 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16886
16887 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16888
16889 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16890 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16891 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16892 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16893
16894 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16895 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16896 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16897 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16898 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16899 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16900 the version.)
16901
16902 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16903 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16904
16905 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16906 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16907
16908 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
16909
16910 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16911 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16912 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16913 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16914 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16915 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16916 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16917 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16918 to constrain a big search.
16919
16920 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16921 except that FILTER is not optional.
16922
16923 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
16924
16925 ;;;***
16926 \f
16927 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17817 13976))
16928 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16929
16930 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16931 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16932 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16933 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16934 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16935 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16936 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16937 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16938 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
16939 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
16940 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16941 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16942 uses the current buffer.
16943
16944 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16945
16946 ;;;***
16947 \f
16948 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17496
16949 ;;;;;; 38723))
16950 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
16951
16952 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
16953 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16954
16955 \(fn)" t nil)
16956
16957 ;;;***
16958 \f
16959 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17778
16960 ;;;;;; 50475))
16961 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16962
16963 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
16964 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16965 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16966 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16967 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16968
16969 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16970 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16971 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16972
16973 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16974 are indicated with a symbol.
16975
16976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16977
16978 ;;;***
16979 \f
16980 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16981 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17713
16982 ;;;;;; 5990))
16983 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16984
16985 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
16986
16987 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
16988
16989 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
16990 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16991 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16992
16993 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16994 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16995
16996 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16997 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16998 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16999 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17000 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17001 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17002 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17003
17004 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
17005
17006 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17007 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17008 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17009 switch on this list.
17010 See `lpr-command'.")
17011
17012 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
17013
17014 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17015 *Name of program for printing a file.
17016
17017 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17018 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17019 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17020 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17021 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17022 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17023 argument.")
17024
17025 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
17026
17027 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
17028 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17029 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17030 for customization of the printer command.
17031
17032 \(fn)" t nil)
17033
17034 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
17035 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17036
17037 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17038 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17039 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17040 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17041
17042 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17043 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17044
17045 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17046 for further customization of the printer command.
17047
17048 \(fn)" t nil)
17049
17050 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
17051 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17052 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17053 for customization of the printer command.
17054
17055 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17056
17057 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
17058 Paginate and print the region contents.
17059
17060 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17061 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17062 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17063 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17064
17065 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17066 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17067
17068 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17069 for further customization of the printer command.
17070
17071 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17072
17073 ;;;***
17074 \f
17075 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17076 ;;;;;; (17817 13976))
17077 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17078
17079 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17080 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17081 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17082
17083 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
17084
17085 ;;;***
17086 \f
17087 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17390
17088 ;;;;;; 27324))
17089 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17090
17091 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
17092 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17093 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17094
17095 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17096
17097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17098
17099 ;;;***
17100 \f
17101 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17390
17102 ;;;;;; 27408))
17103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17104
17105 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
17106 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17107 \\{m4-mode-map}
17108
17109 \(fn)" t nil)
17110
17111 ;;;***
17112 \f
17113 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17114 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
17115 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17116
17117 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17118 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17119 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17120 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17121 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17122
17123 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17124
17125 ;;;***
17126 \f
17127 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17128 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17817 13976))
17129 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17130
17131 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17132 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17133 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17134 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17135 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17136
17137 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17138
17139 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17140 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17141 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17142 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17143
17144 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17145 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17146 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17147 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17148 bindings.
17149
17150 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17151 use this command, and then save the file.
17152
17153 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17154
17155 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17156 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17157 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17158 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17159 each time the macro executes.
17160 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17161 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17162 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17163 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17164 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17165 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17166 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17167
17168 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17169
17170 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17171 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17172 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17173 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17174
17175 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17176 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17177 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17178 execute.
17179
17180 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17181 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17182
17183 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17184 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17185 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17186 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17187 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17188
17189 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17190 looked like this:
17191
17192 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17193 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17194 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17195
17196 You could enter the names in this format:
17197
17198 foo
17199 bar
17200 baz
17201
17202 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17203
17204 \\C-x (
17205 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17206 \\C-x )
17207
17208 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17209 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17210
17211 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17212 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17213
17214 ;;;***
17215 \f
17216 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17217 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17390 26942))
17218 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17219
17220 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17221 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17222 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17223 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17224 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17225 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17226
17227 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17228 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17229 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17230 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17231 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17232
17233 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17234 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17235 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17236 consing a string.)
17237
17238 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17239
17240 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17241 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17242
17243 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17244
17245 ;;;***
17246 \f
17247 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17248 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17249 ;;;;;; (17817 14119))
17250 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17251
17252 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17253 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17254
17255 \(fn)" nil nil)
17256
17257 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17258 Not documented
17259
17260 \(fn)" nil nil)
17261
17262 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17263 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17264
17265 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17266
17267 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17268 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17269 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17270 message.
17271
17272 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17273
17274 \(fn)" nil nil)
17275
17276 ;;;***
17277 \f
17278 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17279 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17280 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17390
17281 ;;;;;; 26942))
17282 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17283
17284 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17285 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17286 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17287 often correct parser.")
17288
17289 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
17290
17291 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17292 Not documented
17293
17294 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17295
17296 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17297 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17298 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17299 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17300
17301 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17302
17303 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17304 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17305 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17306 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17307
17308 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17309
17310 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17311 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17312 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17313 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17314 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17315 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17316 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17317 as Rmail does.
17318
17319 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17320
17321 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17322 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17323 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17324 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17325 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17326 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17327
17328 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17329
17330 ;;;***
17331 \f
17332 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17333 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17817 14119))
17334 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17335
17336 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17337 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17338
17339 \(fn)" nil nil)
17340
17341 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17342 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17343 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17344
17345 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17346
17347 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17348 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17349 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17350
17351 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17352
17353 ;;;***
17354 \f
17355 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17356 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17817
17357 ;;;;;; 14119))
17358 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17359
17360 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17361 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17362 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17363 king@grassland.com
17364 If `parens', they look like:
17365 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17366 If `angles', they look like:
17367 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17368
17369 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17370
17371 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17372 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17373 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17374 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17375 their `Resent-' variants.
17376
17377 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17378 removed from alias expansions.
17379
17380 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17381
17382 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17383 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17384 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17385
17386 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17387 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17388 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17389 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17390
17391 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17392
17393 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17394 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17395 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17396 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17397
17398 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17399
17400 ;;;***
17401 \f
17402 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17403 ;;;;;; (17390 26942))
17404 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17405
17406 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17407 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17408 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17409 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17410
17411 \(fn)" nil nil)
17412
17413 ;;;***
17414 \f
17415 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17416 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17417 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17713 5991))
17418 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17419
17420 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17421 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17422
17423 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17424 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17425 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17426 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17427 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17428 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17429
17430 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17431 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17432 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17433 dependency, despite the colon.
17434
17435 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17436
17437 In the browser, use the following keys:
17438
17439 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17440
17441 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17442
17443 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17444 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17445
17446 `makefile-target-colon':
17447 The string that gets appended to all target names
17448 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17449 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17450
17451 `makefile-macro-assign':
17452 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17453 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17454 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17455 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17456 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17457 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17458
17459 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17460 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17461 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17462
17463 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17464 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17465
17466 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17467 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17468 up or down in the browser.
17469
17470 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17471 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17472
17473 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17474 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17475
17476 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17477 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17478 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17479 has been selected in the browser.
17480
17481 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17482 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17483 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17484 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17485 filenames are omitted.
17486
17487 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17488 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17489 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17490 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17491 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17492 the backslash itself intact.
17493 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17494 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17495
17496 `makefile-browser-hook':
17497 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17498 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17499
17500 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17501 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17502 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17503 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17504
17505 \(fn)" t nil)
17506
17507 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17508 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17509
17510 \(fn)" t nil)
17511
17512 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17513 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17514
17515 \(fn)" t nil)
17516
17517 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17518 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17519
17520 \(fn)" t nil)
17521
17522 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17523 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17524
17525 \(fn)" t nil)
17526
17527 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17528 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17529
17530 \(fn)" t nil)
17531
17532 ;;;***
17533 \f
17534 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17817
17535 ;;;;;; 13976))
17536 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17537
17538 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17539 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17540 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17541
17542 \(fn)" t nil)
17543
17544 ;;;***
17545 \f
17546 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17817 14146))
17547 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17548
17549 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17550
17551 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17552 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17553 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17554 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17555 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17556 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17557 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17558
17559 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17560 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17561 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17562 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17563
17564 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17565
17566 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17567 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17568
17569 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17570
17571 ;;;***
17572 \f
17573 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17817 13976))
17574 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17575
17576 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17577 Toggle Master mode.
17578 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17579 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17580 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17581
17582 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17583 following commands:
17584
17585 \\{master-mode-map}
17586
17587 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17588 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17589 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17590
17591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17592
17593 ;;;***
17594 \f
17595 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17817
17596 ;;;;;; 15287))
17597 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17598
17599 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17600
17601 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17602 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17603 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17604 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17605 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17606 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17607
17608 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17609
17610 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17611 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17612 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17613 created in the future.
17614 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17615 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17616
17617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17618
17619 ;;;***
17620 \f
17621 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17622 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17623 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17624 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17625 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17626 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17627 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17628 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17629 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17630 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17631 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17817 16940))
17632 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17633
17634 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17635 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17636
17637 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17638 king@grassland.com
17639 If `parens', they look like:
17640 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17641 If `angles', they look like:
17642 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17643
17644 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17645 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17646
17647 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17648
17649 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17650 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17651
17652 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17653
17654 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17655 *Local news organization file.")
17656
17657 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17658
17659 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17660 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17661 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17662 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17663
17664 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17665 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17666 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17667
17668 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17669
17670 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17671
17672 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17673 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17674
17675 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17676 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17677 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17678 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17679
17680 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17681
17682 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17683 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17684 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17685 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17686
17687 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17688
17689 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17690 *Function for citing an original message.
17691 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17692 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17693 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17694
17695 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17696
17697 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17698 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17699 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17700 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17701 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17702
17703 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17704
17705 (defvar message-signature t "\
17706 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17707 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17708 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17709 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17710
17711 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17712
17713 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17714 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17715 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17716 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17717
17718 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17719
17720 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17721 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17722
17723 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17724
17725 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17726
17727 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17728 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17729 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17730 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17731 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17732 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17733 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17734 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17735 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17736 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17737 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17738 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17739 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17740 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17741 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17742 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17743 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17744 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17745 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17746 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17747 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17748 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17749 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17750 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17751 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17752 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17753 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17754 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17755 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17756 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17757 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17758 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17759 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17760 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17761 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17762 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17763 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17764
17765 \(fn)" t nil)
17766
17767 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17768 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17769 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
17770
17771 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17772
17773 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17774 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17775
17776 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17777
17778 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17779 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17780
17781 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17782
17783 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17784 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17785
17786 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17787
17788 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17789 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17790 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17791
17792 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17793
17794 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17795 Cancel an article you posted.
17796 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17797
17798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17799
17800 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17801 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17802 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17803 header line with the old Message-ID.
17804
17805 \(fn)" t nil)
17806
17807 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17808 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17809
17810 \(fn)" t nil)
17811
17812 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17813 Forward the current message via mail.
17814 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17815 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17816
17817 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17818
17819 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17820 Not documented
17821
17822 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17823
17824 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17825 Not documented
17826
17827 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17828
17829 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17830 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17831
17832 \(fn)" t nil)
17833
17834 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17835 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17836
17837 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17838
17839 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17840 Re-mail the current message.
17841 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17842 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17843 you.
17844
17845 \(fn)" t nil)
17846
17847 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17848 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17849
17850 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17851
17852 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17853 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17854
17855 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17856
17857 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17858 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17859
17860 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17861
17862 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17863 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17864
17865 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17866
17867 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17868 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17869 Works by overstriking characters.
17870 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17871 which specify the range to operate on.
17872
17873 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17874
17875 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17876 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17877 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17878 which specify the range to operate on.
17879
17880 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17881
17882 ;;;***
17883 \f
17884 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17885 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
17886 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17887
17888 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17889 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17890 Special commands:
17891 \\{meta-mode-map}
17892
17893 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17894 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17895
17896 \(fn)" t nil)
17897
17898 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17899 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17900 Special commands:
17901 \\{meta-mode-map}
17902
17903 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17904 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17905
17906 \(fn)" t nil)
17907
17908 ;;;***
17909 \f
17910 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17911 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17912 ;;;;;; (17817 14119))
17913 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17914
17915 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17916 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17917 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17918
17919 \(fn)" t nil)
17920
17921 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17922 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17923 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17924 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17925 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17926 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17927 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17928
17929 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17930
17931 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17932 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17933 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17934 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17935 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17936 means current).
17937 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17938 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17939
17940 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17941
17942 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
17943 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17944 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17945 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17946 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17947 means current).
17948 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17949 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17950
17951 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17952
17953 ;;;***
17954 \f
17955 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17956 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17957 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17713 5990))
17958 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17959
17960 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
17961 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17962 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17963
17964 \(fn)" t nil)
17965
17966 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
17967 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17968 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17969
17970 \(fn)" t nil)
17971
17972 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
17973 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17974
17975 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17976 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17977 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17978
17979 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17980 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17981
17982 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17983 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17984
17985 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17986
17987 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
17988
17989 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
17990 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17991 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17992 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17993 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17994 as `compose-mail'.
17995
17996 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17997 initial Subject field, respectively.
17998
17999 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18000 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18001 are strings.
18002
18003 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18004 ignored.
18005
18006 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18007
18008 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
18009 Save draft and send message.
18010
18011 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18012 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18013 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18014 Mail Delivery*\".
18015
18016 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18017 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18018 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18019
18020 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18021 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18022 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18023 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18024 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18025 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18026
18027 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18028 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18029
18030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18031
18032 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
18033 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18034
18035 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18036 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18037 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18038 delete the draft message.
18039
18040 \(fn)" t nil)
18041
18042 ;;;***
18043 \f
18044 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17778 50475))
18045 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18046
18047 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18048
18049 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18050
18051 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18052
18053 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
18054 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18055
18056 \(fn)" t nil)
18057
18058 ;;;***
18059 \f
18060 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18061 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17490 7902))
18062 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18063
18064 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
18065 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18066 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18067
18068 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18069 the MH mail system.
18070
18071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18072
18073 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
18074 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18075 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18076
18077 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18078 the MH mail system.
18079
18080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18081
18082 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
18083 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18084
18085 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18086 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18087 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18088 separate command.
18089
18090 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18091 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18092 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18093 format.
18094
18095 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18096
18097 Ranges
18098 ======
18099 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18100 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18101 can be used in several ways.
18102
18103 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18104 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18105 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18106 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18107 page):
18108
18109 <num1>-<num2>
18110 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18111 The range must be nonempty.
18112
18113 <num>:N
18114 <num>:+N
18115 <num>:-N
18116 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18117 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18118 last.
18119
18120 first:N
18121 prev:N
18122 next:N
18123 last:N
18124 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18125
18126 all
18127 All of the messages.
18128
18129 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18130 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18131
18132 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18133 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18134 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18135
18136 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18137
18138 \(fn)" t nil)
18139
18140 ;;;***
18141 \f
18142 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18143 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17817 13976))
18144 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18145
18146 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18147 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18148 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18149 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18150 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18151 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18152 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18153 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18154 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18155 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18156 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18157
18158 \(fn)" t nil)
18159
18160 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18161 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18162 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18163 to its second argument TM.
18164
18165 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18166
18167 ;;;***
18168 \f
18169 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18170 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17390 26943))
18171 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18172
18173 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18174 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18175 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18176 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18177 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18178
18179 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
18180
18181 (put (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18182
18183 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18184 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18185 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18186 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18187 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18188 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18189 default indication.
18190
18191 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18192 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18193
18194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18195
18196 ;;;***
18197 \f
18198 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18199 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
18200 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18201
18202 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18203 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18204 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18205
18206 \(fn)" t nil)
18207
18208 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18209
18210 ;;;***
18211 \f
18212 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18213 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18214 ;;;;;; (17817 14145))
18215 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18216
18217 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18218 Not documented
18219
18220 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18221
18222 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18223 Not documented
18224
18225 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18226
18227 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18228 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18229 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18230 PATTERN regexp.
18231
18232 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18233
18234 ;;;***
18235 \f
18236 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18237 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17713 5203))
18238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18239
18240 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18241 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18242
18243 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18244
18245 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18246 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18247 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18248 the entire message.
18249 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18250
18251 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18252
18253 ;;;***
18254 \f
18255 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18256 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
18257 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18258
18259 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18260 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18261 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18262 the entire message.
18263 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18264
18265 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18266
18267 ;;;***
18268 \f
18269 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18270 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17817 13970))
18271 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18272
18273 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18274 Insert file contents of URL.
18275 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18276
18277 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18278
18279 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18280 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18281
18282 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18283
18284 ;;;***
18285 \f
18286 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18287 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17778 50473))
18288 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18289
18290 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18291 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18292 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18293 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18294 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18295
18296 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18297
18298 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18299 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18300 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18301
18302 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18303
18304 ;;;***
18305 \f
18306 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18307 ;;;;;; (17496 38719))
18308 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18309
18310 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18311 Not documented
18312
18313 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18314
18315 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18316 Not documented
18317
18318 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18319
18320 ;;;***
18321 \f
18322 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18323 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18324 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17778 50473))
18325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18326
18327 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18328 Not documented
18329
18330 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18331
18332 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18333 Not documented
18334
18335 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18336
18337 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18338 Not documented
18339
18340 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18341
18342 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18343 Not documented
18344
18345 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18346
18347 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18348 Not documented
18349
18350 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18351
18352 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18353 Not documented
18354
18355 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18356
18357 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18358 Not documented
18359
18360 \(fn)" nil nil)
18361
18362 ;;;***
18363 \f
18364 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18365 ;;;;;; (17322 60488))
18366 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18367
18368 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18369 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18370 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18371 followed by the first character of the construct.
18372 \\<m2-mode-map>
18373 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18374 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18375 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18376 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18377 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18378 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18379 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18380 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18381 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18382 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18383 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18384 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18385 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18386 \\[m2-link] link
18387
18388 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18389 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18390 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18391
18392 \(fn)" t nil)
18393
18394 ;;;***
18395 \f
18396 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18397 ;;;;;; (17817 14125))
18398 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18399
18400 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18401 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18402
18403 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18404
18405 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18406 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18407
18408 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18409
18410 ;;;***
18411 \f
18412 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17817
18413 ;;;;;; 14147))
18414 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18415
18416 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18417 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18418 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18419 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18420 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18421 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18422
18423 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18424
18425 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18426 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18427 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18428 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18429
18430 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18431
18432 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18433
18434 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18435
18436 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18437 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18438 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18439 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18440 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18441 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18442
18443 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18444 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18445 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18446 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18447 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18448
18449 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18450 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18451
18452 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18453 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18454
18455 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18456
18457 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18458 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18459 primary selection and region.
18460
18461 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18462
18463 ;;;***
18464 \f
18465 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17817 14125))
18466 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18467
18468 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18469 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18470
18471 \(fn)" t nil)
18472
18473 ;;;***
18474 \f
18475 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17569 17797))
18476 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18477
18478 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18479 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18480 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18481 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18482 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
18483
18484 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
18485
18486 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18487 Toggle Msb mode.
18488 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18489 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18490 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18491
18492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18493
18494 ;;;***
18495 \f
18496 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18497 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18498 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18499 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18500 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18501 ;;;;;; (17817 15478))
18502 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18503
18504 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18505 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18506 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18507 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18508 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18509 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18510 set of ISO charsets.
18511
18512 Each element has the following format:
18513 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18514
18515 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18516
18517 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18518 CHARSET are mapped.
18519
18520 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18521 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18522 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18523 character code in CHARSET.
18524
18525 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18526 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18527 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18528 or
18529 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18530 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18531 TO2, or...
18532 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18533 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18534
18535 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18536 Display a list of all character sets.
18537
18538 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18539 internal Emacs use.
18540
18541 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18542 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18543 hexadecimal digits.
18544 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18545 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18546
18547 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18548 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18549 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18550 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18551
18552 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18553 but still shows the full information.
18554
18555 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18556
18557 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18558 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18559 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18560 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18561 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18562
18563 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18564 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18565 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18566 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18567 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18568
18569 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18570
18571 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18572 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18573 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18574 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18575 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18576
18577 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18578
18579 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18580 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18581
18582 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18583
18584 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18585 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18586
18587 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18588
18589 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18590 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18591
18592 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18593 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18594 in place of `..':
18595 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18596 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18597 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18598 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18599 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18600 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18601 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18602 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18603 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18604 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18605 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18606 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18607 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18608 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18609 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18610 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18611
18612 \(fn)" t nil)
18613
18614 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18615 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18616
18617 \(fn)" t nil)
18618
18619 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18620 Display a list of all coding systems.
18621 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18622
18623 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18624 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18625
18626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18627
18628 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18629 Display a list of all coding categories.
18630
18631 \(fn)" nil nil)
18632
18633 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18634 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18635 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18636
18637 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18638
18639 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18640 Display information about FONTSET.
18641 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18642
18643 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18644
18645 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18646 Display a list of all fontsets.
18647 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18648 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18649 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18650
18651 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18652
18653 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18654 Display information about all input methods.
18655
18656 \(fn)" t nil)
18657
18658 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18659 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18660
18661 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18662 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18663 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18664 system which uses fontsets).
18665
18666 \(fn)" t nil)
18667
18668 ;;;***
18669 \f
18670 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18671 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18672 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18673 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18674 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18675 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17817 15478))
18676 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18677
18678 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18679 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18680 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18681
18682 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18683
18684 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18685
18686 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18687 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18688
18689 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18690 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18691
18692 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18693 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18694
18695 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18696
18697 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18698 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18699 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18700 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18701 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18702 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18703 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18704
18705 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18706 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18707 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18708 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18709 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18710 middle of a character in STR.
18711
18712 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18713 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18714
18715 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18716 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18717 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18718 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18719 defaults to \"...\".
18720
18721 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18722
18723 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18724 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18725
18726 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18727 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18728 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18729
18730 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18731 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18732 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18733
18734 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18735 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18736 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18737 is considered.
18738 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18739 longer than KEYSEQ.
18740 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18741
18742 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18743
18744 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18745 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18746 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18747 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18748 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18749 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18750 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18751 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18752 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18753 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18754 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18755
18756 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18757
18758 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18759 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18760
18761 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18762
18763 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18764 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18765
18766 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18767
18768 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18769 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18770
18771 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18772
18773 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18774 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18775
18776 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18777
18778 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18779 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18780 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18781 coding systems ordered by priority.
18782
18783 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18784
18785 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18786 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18787 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18788 language environment LANG-ENV.
18789
18790 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18791
18792 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18793 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18794 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18795 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18796 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18797 basis, this may not be accurate.
18798
18799 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18800
18801 ;;;***
18802 \f
18803 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18804 ;;;;;; (17505 62425))
18805 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18806
18807 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18808 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18809 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18810 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18811 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18812
18813 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
18814
18815 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18816 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18817 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18818 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18819
18820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18821
18822 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18823 Enable mouse wheel support.
18824
18825 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18826
18827 ;;;***
18828 \f
18829 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18830 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18831 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18832 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17390 26944))
18833 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18834
18835 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18836 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18837
18838 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18839
18840 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18841 Ping HOST.
18842 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18843 `ping-program-options'.
18844
18845 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18846
18847 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18848 Run ipconfig program.
18849
18850 \(fn)" t nil)
18851
18852 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18853
18854 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18855 Run netstat program.
18856
18857 \(fn)" t nil)
18858
18859 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18860 Run the arp program.
18861
18862 \(fn)" t nil)
18863
18864 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18865 Run the route program.
18866
18867 \(fn)" t nil)
18868
18869 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18870 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18871
18872 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18873
18874 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18875 Run nslookup program.
18876
18877 \(fn)" t nil)
18878
18879 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18880 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18881
18882 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18883
18884 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18885 Run dig program.
18886
18887 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18888
18889 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18890 Run ftp program.
18891
18892 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18893
18894 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18895 Finger USER on HOST.
18896
18897 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18898
18899 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18900 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18901 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18902 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18903
18904 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18905
18906 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18907 Not documented
18908
18909 \(fn)" t nil)
18910
18911 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18912 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18913
18914 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18915
18916 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18917 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18918
18919 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18920
18921 ;;;***
18922 \f
18923 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18924 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18925 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18926 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18927 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18928 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17817 13976))
18929 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18930
18931 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18932
18933 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
18934
18935 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
18936
18937 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
18938
18939 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
18940 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18941 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18942 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18943 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18944 Major modes should set this variable.")
18945
18946 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18947 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18948 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
18949 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18950 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
18951 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
18952
18953 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
18954 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18955
18956 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18957 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18958 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18959
18960 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18961 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18962 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18963 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18964 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18965
18966 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18967 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18968 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18969
18970 (defvar comment-end "" "\
18971 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18972 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18973 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18974
18975 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
18976 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18977 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18978 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18979 column indentation or nil.
18980 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18981
18982 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18983 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18984 The function has no args.
18985
18986 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18987 comments always start in column zero.")
18988
18989 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
18990 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18991 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18992
18993 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
18994
18995 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
18996 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18997 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18998 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18999
19000 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19001 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19002
19003 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
19004
19005 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19006 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19007 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19008 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19009 customize this variable.
19010
19011 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19012 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19013
19014 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
19015
19016 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
19017 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19018 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19019 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19020 the variables are properly set.
19021
19022 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19023
19024 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
19025 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19026
19027 \(fn)" nil nil)
19028
19029 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
19030 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19031 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19032
19033 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19034
19035 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
19036 Set the comment column based on point.
19037 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19038 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19039 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19040 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19041
19042 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19043
19044 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
19045 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19046 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19047
19048 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19049
19050 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19051 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19052 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19053 comment markers.
19054
19055 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19056
19057 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
19058 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19059 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19060 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19061 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19062 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19063 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19064 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19065
19066 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19067 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19068
19069 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19070
19071 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
19072 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19073 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19074 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19075
19076 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19077
19078 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19079 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19080 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19081 is passed on to the respective function.
19082
19083 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19084
19085 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
19086 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19087 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19088 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19089 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19090 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19091 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19092 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19093 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19094
19095 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19096
19097 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19098 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19099 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19100
19101 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
19102
19103 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
19104 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19105 This indents the body of the continued comment
19106 under the previous comment line.
19107
19108 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19109 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19110 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19111
19112 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19113 or comment indentation.
19114
19115 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19116 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19117
19118 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19119
19120 ;;;***
19121 \f
19122 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19123 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19124 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17390 26944))
19125 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19126
19127 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19128 Check whether newsticker is running.
19129 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19130 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19131
19132 \(fn)" nil nil)
19133
19134 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19135 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19136 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19137 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19138 empty.
19139
19140 \(fn)" nil nil)
19141
19142 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19143 Start the newsticker.
19144 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19145 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19146 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19147 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19148
19149 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19150
19151 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19152 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19153 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19154 running already.
19155
19156 \(fn)" t nil)
19157
19158 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19159 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19160
19161 \(fn)" t nil)
19162
19163 ;;;***
19164 \f
19165 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19166 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
19167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19168
19169 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19170 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19171
19172 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19173
19174 ;;;***
19175 \f
19176 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17383
19177 ;;;;;; 38805))
19178 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19179
19180 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19181 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19182 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19183 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19184 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19185 symbol in the alist.
19186
19187 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19188
19189 ;;;***
19190 \f
19191 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19192 ;;;;;; (17390 27386))
19193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19194
19195 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19196 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19197 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19198
19199 \(fn)" t nil)
19200
19201 ;;;***
19202 \f
19203 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19204 ;;;;;; (17817 14138))
19205 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19206
19207 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19208 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19209 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19210
19211 \(fn)" t nil)
19212
19213 ;;;***
19214 \f
19215 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19216 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
19217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19218
19219 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19220 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19221
19222 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19223
19224 ;;;***
19225 \f
19226 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19227 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17778 50473))
19228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19229
19230 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19231 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19232
19233 \(fn)" t nil)
19234
19235 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19236 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19237
19238 \(fn)" t nil)
19239
19240 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19241 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19242
19243 \(fn)" t nil)
19244
19245 ;;;***
19246 \f
19247 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19248 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17817 13976))
19249 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19250
19251 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19252 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19253 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19254
19255 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19256
19257 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19258 Not documented
19259
19260 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19261
19262 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19263 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19264 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19265 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19266 to future sessions.
19267
19268 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19269
19270 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19271 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19272 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19273 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19274 to future sessions.
19275
19276 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19277
19278 ;;;***
19279 \f
19280 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19281 ;;;;;; (17390 27169))
19282 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19283
19284 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19285 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19286 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19287 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19288 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19289 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19290
19291 \(fn)" t nil)
19292
19293 ;;;***
19294 \f
19295 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19296 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
19297 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19298
19299 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19300 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19301 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19302 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19303 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19304
19305 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19306
19307 ;;;***
19308 \f
19309 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19310 ;;;;;; (17778 49132))
19311 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19312
19313 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19314 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19315 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19316
19317 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19318
19319 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19320 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19321
19322 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19323 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19324 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19325
19326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19327
19328 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19329
19330 ;;;***
19331 \f
19332 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19333 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
19334 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19335
19336 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19337 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19338
19339 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19340 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19341 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19342 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19343
19344 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19345 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19346 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19347 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19348 is why you need this mode!).
19349
19350 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19351 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19352 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19353
19354 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19355
19356 Keybindings
19357 ===========
19358
19359 \\{octave-mode-map}
19360
19361 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19362 ==============================================
19363
19364 octave-auto-indent
19365 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19366 Default is nil.
19367
19368 octave-auto-newline
19369 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19370 Default is nil.
19371
19372 octave-blink-matching-block
19373 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19374 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19375
19376 octave-block-offset
19377 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19378 Default is 2.
19379
19380 octave-continuation-offset
19381 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19382 Default is 4.
19383
19384 octave-continuation-string
19385 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19386 Default is a backslash.
19387
19388 octave-mode-startup-message
19389 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19390 Default is t.
19391
19392 octave-send-echo-input
19393 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19394 command to the inferior Octave process.
19395
19396 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19397 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19398 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19399
19400 octave-send-echo-input
19401 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19402
19403 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19404
19405 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19406 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19407
19408 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19409 (setq auto-mode-alist
19410 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19411
19412 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19413 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19414
19415 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19416 (lambda ()
19417 (abbrev-mode 1)
19418 (auto-fill-mode 1)
19419 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19420 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19421
19422 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19423 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19424 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19425 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19426
19427 \(fn)" t nil)
19428
19429 ;;;***
19430 \f
19431 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19432 ;;;;;; (17817 14123))
19433 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19434
19435 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
19436 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19437 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19438
19439 \(fn)" t nil)
19440
19441 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
19442 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19443 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19444 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19445 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19446
19447 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19448
19449 \(fn)" t nil)
19450
19451 ;;;***
19452 \f
19453 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19454 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19455 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember-apply-template org-remember-annotation
19456 ;;;;;; org-store-link org-tags-view org-diary org-cycle-agenda-files
19457 ;;;;;; org-todo-list org-agenda-list org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19458 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19459 ;;;;;; (17817 15940))
19460 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19461
19462 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19463 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19464 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19465
19466 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19467 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19468 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19469 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19470 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19471 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19472 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19473 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19474 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19475 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19476
19477 The following commands are available:
19478
19479 \\{org-mode-map}
19480
19481 \(fn)" t nil)
19482
19483 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19484 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19485
19486 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19487 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19488 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19489 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19490 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19491
19492 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19493 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19494 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19495 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19496 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19497 and zoom in further.
19498 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19499
19500 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19501 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19502 is negative, go up that many levels.
19503
19504 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19505 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19506 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19507
19508 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19509 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19510
19511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19512
19513 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19514 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19515
19516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19517
19518 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19519 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19520 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19521 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19522 g
19523 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19524 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19525 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19526 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19527 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19528 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19529 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19530 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19531
19532 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19533 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19534 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19535
19536 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19537 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19538 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19539
19540 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19541
19542 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19543 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19544 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19545 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19546 before running the agenda command.
19547
19548 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19549
19550 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19551 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19552 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19553 will be able to go to other weeks.
19554 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19555 also be shown, under the current date.
19556 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19557 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19558 to turn on logging.
19559 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19560 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19561 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19562
19563 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19564
19565 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19566 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19567 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19568 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19569 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19570 `org-todo-keywords'.
19571
19572 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19573
19574 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19575 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19576 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19577 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19578
19579 \(fn)" t nil)
19580
19581 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19582 Return diary information from org-files.
19583 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19584 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19585 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19586 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19587
19588 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19589 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19590 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19591
19592 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19593 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19594 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19595 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19596
19597 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19598 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19599 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19600
19601 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19602 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19603 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19604 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19605
19606 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19607
19608 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19609
19610 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19611 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19612
19613 &%%(org-diary)
19614
19615 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19616 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19617 also be written as
19618
19619 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19620
19621 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19622 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19623 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19624
19625 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19626
19627 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19628 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19629 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19630
19631 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19632
19633 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19634 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19635 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19636 \\[org-insert-link].
19637 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19638 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19639 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19640
19641 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19642
19643 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19644 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19645 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19646 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19647 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19648
19649 \(fn)" nil nil)
19650
19651 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19652 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19653 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19654 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19655
19656 \(fn)" nil nil)
19657
19658 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19659 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19660 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19661 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19662 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19663 file the text at a specific location.
19664 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19665 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19666 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19667
19668 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19669 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19670 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19671 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19672 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19673 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19674 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19675 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19676
19677 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19678 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19679 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19680 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19681
19682 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19683 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19684 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19685
19686 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19687 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19688 \(i.e. after the stars).
19689
19690 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19691
19692 \(fn)" nil nil)
19693
19694 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19695 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19696
19697 \(fn)" nil nil)
19698
19699 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19700 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19701
19702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19703
19704 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19705 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19706 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19707 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19708
19709 \(fn)" t nil)
19710
19711 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19712 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19713 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19714 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19715
19716 \(fn)" t nil)
19717
19718 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19719 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19720 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19721
19722 \(fn)" t nil)
19723
19724 ;;;***
19725 \f
19726 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19727 ;;;;;; (17817 16152))
19728 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19729 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19730
19731 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19732 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19733 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19734 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19735
19736 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19737 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19738 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19739 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19740
19741 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19742 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19743 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19744 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19745 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19746 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19747
19748 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19749 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19750 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19751
19752 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19753 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19754 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19755 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19756 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19757 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19758 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19759 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19760 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
19761 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19762 The subheadings remain visible.
19763 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19764
19765 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19766 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19767 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19768
19769 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19770 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19771
19772 \(fn)" t nil)
19773
19774 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19775 Toggle Outline minor mode.
19776 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19777 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19778
19779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19780
19781 ;;;***
19782 \f
19783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17496
19784 ;;;;;; 38721))
19785 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19786 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19787 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19788 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19789 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19790 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19791 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19792 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19793 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19794 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19795
19796 ;;;***
19797 \f
19798 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17778 50475))
19799 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19800
19801 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19802 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19803 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19804 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19805 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19806 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19807
19808 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19809
19810 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19811 Toggle Show Paren mode.
19812 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19813 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19814
19815 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19816 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19817
19818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19819
19820 ;;;***
19821 \f
19822 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19823 ;;;;;; (17390 27324))
19824 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19825
19826 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19827 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19828 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19829 unknown are returned as nil.
19830
19831 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19832
19833 ;;;***
19834 \f
19835 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17390
19836 ;;;;;; 27409))
19837 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19838
19839 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19840 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19841 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19842
19843 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19844 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19845
19846 Other useful functions are:
19847
19848 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
19849 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
19850 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
19851 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19852 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19853 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
19854 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
19855 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19856 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19857
19858 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19859
19860 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19861 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19862 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19863 Indentation for case statements.
19864 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19865 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19866 mark after an end.
19867 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19868 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19869 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19870 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19871 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19872 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19873 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19874 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19875 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19876 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19877
19878 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19879 pascal-separator-keywords.
19880
19881 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19882 no args, if that value is non-nil.
19883
19884 \(fn)" t nil)
19885
19886 ;;;***
19887 \f
19888 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19889 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
19890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19891
19892 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19893 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19894 The keys affected are:
19895 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19896 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19897 M-Backspace does undo.
19898 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19899 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19900 C-Escape does list-buffers.
19901
19902 \(fn)" t nil)
19903
19904 ;;;***
19905 \f
19906 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19907 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17390 26938))
19908 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19909
19910 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19911 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19912 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19913 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19914 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19915
19916 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19917
19918 (put (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
19919
19920 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19921 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19922
19923 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19924
19925 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19926 which modify the status of the mark.
19927
19928 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19929 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19930
19931 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19932 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19933
19934 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19935 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19936 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19937 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19938 turning PC Selection mode on.
19939
19940 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19941 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19942
19943 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19944 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19945 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19946
19947 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19948 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19949 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
19950
19951 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
19952 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
19953
19954 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
19955 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
19956 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
19957
19958 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
19959 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
19960 but before calling PC Selection mode):
19961
19962 F6 other-window
19963 DELETE delete-char
19964 C-DELETE kill-line
19965 M-DELETE kill-word
19966 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
19967 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
19968 M-BACKSPACE undo
19969
19970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19971
19972 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19973 Toggle PC Selection mode.
19974 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
19975 and cursor movement commands.
19976 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19977 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19978 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
19979
19980 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
19981
19982 ;;;***
19983 \f
19984 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17817
19985 ;;;;;; 13976))
19986 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
19987
19988 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
19989 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
19990
19991 \(fn)" nil nil)
19992
19993 ;;;***
19994 \f
19995 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
19996 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17817 13976))
19997 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
19998
19999 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20000 Completion for `gzip'.
20001
20002 \(fn)" nil nil)
20003
20004 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20005 Completion for `bzip2'.
20006
20007 \(fn)" nil nil)
20008
20009 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20010 Completion for GNU `make'.
20011
20012 \(fn)" nil nil)
20013
20014 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20015 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20016
20017 \(fn)" nil nil)
20018
20019 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20020
20021 ;;;***
20022 \f
20023 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20024 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17817 13976))
20025 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20026
20027 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20028 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20029
20030 \(fn)" nil nil)
20031
20032 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20033 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20034
20035 \(fn)" nil nil)
20036
20037 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20038 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20039
20040 \(fn)" nil nil)
20041
20042 ;;;***
20043 \f
20044 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17817
20045 ;;;;;; 13976))
20046 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20047
20048 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20049 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20050 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20051 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20052 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20053 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20054
20055 \(fn)" nil nil)
20056
20057 ;;;***
20058 \f
20059 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20060 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20061 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17817 13976))
20062 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20063
20064 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20065 Completion for `cd'.
20066
20067 \(fn)" nil nil)
20068
20069 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
20070
20071 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20072 Completion for `rmdir'.
20073
20074 \(fn)" nil nil)
20075
20076 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20077 Completion for `rm'.
20078
20079 \(fn)" nil nil)
20080
20081 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20082 Completion for `xargs'.
20083
20084 \(fn)" nil nil)
20085
20086 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20087
20088 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20089 Completion for `which'.
20090
20091 \(fn)" nil nil)
20092
20093 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20094 Completion for the `chown' command.
20095
20096 \(fn)" nil nil)
20097
20098 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20099 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20100
20101 \(fn)" nil nil)
20102
20103 ;;;***
20104 \f
20105 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20106 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20107 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17466
20108 ;;;;;; 27845))
20109 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20110
20111 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
20112 Support extensible programmable completion.
20113 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20114 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20115
20116 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20117
20118 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
20119 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20120
20121 \(fn)" t nil)
20122
20123 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
20124 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20125 This will modify the current buffer.
20126
20127 \(fn)" t nil)
20128
20129 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
20130 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20131
20132 \(fn)" t nil)
20133
20134 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20135 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20136 This will modify the current buffer.
20137
20138 \(fn)" t nil)
20139
20140 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20141 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20142
20143 \(fn)" t nil)
20144
20145 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20146 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20147
20148 \(fn)" t nil)
20149
20150 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20151 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20152 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20153 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20154 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20155
20156 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20157
20158 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20159 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20160
20161 \(fn)" nil nil)
20162
20163 ;;;***
20164 \f
20165 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20166 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20167 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17817 13976))
20168 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20169
20170 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20171 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20172 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20173 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20174
20175 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20176
20177 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20178
20179 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20180 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20181 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20182 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20183 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20184 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20185 FLAGS is ignored.
20186
20187 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20188
20189 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20190 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20191 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20192 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20193 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20194 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20195 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20196 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20197
20198 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20199
20200 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20201 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20202 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20203 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20204 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20205 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20206 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20207 passed to cvs.
20208
20209 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20210
20211 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20212 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20213 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20214 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20215 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20216 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20217 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20218
20219 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20220
20221 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20222
20223 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20224 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20225 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20226
20227 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20228
20229 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20230 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20231 nil means never do it.
20232 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20233 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20234 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20235
20236 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20237
20238 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20239 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20240 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20241
20242 ;;;***
20243 \f
20244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17817 13976))
20245 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20246
20247 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20248
20249 ;;;***
20250 \f
20251 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20252 ;;;;;; (17499 10453))
20253 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20254
20255 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20256 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20257 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20258 Tab indents for Perl code.
20259 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20260 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20261 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20262 \\{perl-mode-map}
20263 Variables controlling indentation style:
20264 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20265 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20266 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20267 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20268 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20269 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20270 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20271 `perl-nochange'
20272 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20273 `perl-indent-level'
20274 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20275 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20276 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20277 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20278 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20279 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20280 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20281 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20282 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20283 `perl-brace-offset'
20284 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20285 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20286 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20287 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20288 `perl-label-offset'
20289 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20290 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20291 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20292
20293 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20294 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20295 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20296 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20297 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20298 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20299 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20300
20301 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20302
20303 \(fn)" t nil)
20304
20305 ;;;***
20306 \f
20307 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20308 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20309 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20310 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17713 5990))
20311 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20312
20313 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20314 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20315
20316 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20317
20318 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20319 passphrase cache or user.
20320
20321 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20322
20323 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20324 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20325
20326 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20327 cache or user.
20328
20329 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20330
20331 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20332 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20333
20334 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20335 the region.
20336
20337 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20338 passphrase cache or user.
20339
20340 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20341
20342 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20343 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20344
20345 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20346
20347 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20348 the region.
20349
20350 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20351 passphrase cache or user.
20352
20353 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20354
20355 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20356 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20357
20358 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20359 passphrase cache or user.
20360
20361 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20362
20363 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20364 Decrypt the current buffer.
20365
20366 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20367 the region.
20368
20369 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20370 passphrase cache or user.
20371
20372 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20373
20374 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20375 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20376
20377 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20378 a detached signature.
20379
20380 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20381 and the the output is displayed.
20382
20383 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20384 passphrase cache or user.
20385
20386 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20387
20388 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20389 Sign the current buffer.
20390
20391 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20392 detached signature.
20393
20394 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20395 within the region.
20396
20397 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20398 and the the output is displayed.
20399
20400 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20401 passphrase cache or user.
20402
20403 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20404
20405 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20406 Verify the current region between START and END.
20407 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20408 the detached signature of the current region.
20409
20410 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20411 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20412
20413 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20414
20415 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20416 Verify the current buffer.
20417 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20418 the detached signature of the current region.
20419 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20420 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20421 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20422 within the region.
20423
20424 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20425
20426 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20427 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20428
20429 \(fn)" t nil)
20430
20431 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20432 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20433
20434 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20435
20436 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20437 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20438
20439 \(fn)" t nil)
20440
20441 ;;;***
20442 \f
20443 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20444 ;;;;;; (17817 16940))
20445 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20446
20447 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20448 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20449
20450 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20451
20452 ;;;***
20453 \f
20454 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20455 ;;;;;; (17817 14128))
20456 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20457
20458 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20459 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20460 \\<picture-mode-map>
20461 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20462 afterwards settable by these commands:
20463
20464 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20465 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20466 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20467 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20468
20469 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20470 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20471 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20472 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20473
20474 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20475 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20476 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20477 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20478
20479 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20480 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20481 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20482 with these commands:
20483
20484 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20485 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20486 Move to column following last
20487 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20488 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20489 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20490 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20491 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20492 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20493
20494 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20495
20496 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20497 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20498 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20499 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20500 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20501 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20502
20503 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20504 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20505 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20506 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20507 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20508 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20509 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20510
20511 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20512 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20513 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20514 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20515 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20516 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20517 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20518 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20519
20520 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20521 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20522 by supplying an argument.
20523
20524 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20525
20526 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20527 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20528
20529 \(fn)" t nil)
20530
20531 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20532
20533 ;;;***
20534 \f
20535 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20536 ;;;;;; (17611 9183))
20537 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20538
20539 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20540 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20541 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20542
20543 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20544
20545 ;;;***
20546 \f
20547 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17549 5052))
20548 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20549
20550 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20551 Play pong and waste time.
20552 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20553 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20554
20555 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20556
20557 \\{pong-mode-map}
20558
20559 \(fn)" t nil)
20560
20561 ;;;***
20562 \f
20563 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20564 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17778 50473))
20565 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20566
20567 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20568 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20569 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20570 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20571
20572 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20573
20574 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20575 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20576
20577 \(fn)" nil nil)
20578
20579 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20580 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20581 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20582 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20583 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20584
20585 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20586
20587 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20588 Evaluate an expression, then pretty-print value EXPVAL into a new buffer.
20589 If pretty-printed EXPVAL fits on one line, display it in the echo
20590 area instead. Also add EXPVAL to the front of the list
20591 in the variable `values'.
20592
20593 Non-interactively, the argument is the value, EXPVAL, not the expression
20594 to evaluate.
20595
20596 \(fn EXPVAL)" t nil)
20597
20598 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20599 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20600 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20601 Ignores leading comment characters.
20602
20603 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20604
20605 ;;;***
20606 \f
20607 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20608 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20609 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20610 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20611 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20612 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20613 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20614 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20615 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20616 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20617 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20618 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20619 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20620 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20621 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20622 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20623 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20624 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20625 ;;;;;; (17817 13971))
20626 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20627
20628 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20629 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20630
20631 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20632
20633 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20634
20635 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20636
20637 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20638 Preview directory using ghostview.
20639
20640 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20641 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20642 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20643 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20644
20645 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20646 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20647 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20648 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20649 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20650 file name.
20651
20652 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20653
20654 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20655
20656 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20657 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20658
20659 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20660 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20661 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20662 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20663
20664 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20665 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20666 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20667 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20668 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20669 file name.
20670
20671 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20672
20673 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20674
20675 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20676 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20677
20678 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20679 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20680 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20681 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20682
20683 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20684 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20685 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20686 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20687 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20688 file name.
20689
20690 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20691
20692 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20693
20694 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20695 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20696
20697 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20698
20699 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20700 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20701 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20702 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20703
20704 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20705 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20706 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20707 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20708 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20709 file name.
20710
20711 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20712
20713 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20714
20715 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20716 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20717
20718 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20719 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20720 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20721
20722 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20723 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20724 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20725 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20726
20727 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20728
20729 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20730 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20731
20732 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20733 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20734 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20735
20736 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20737 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20738 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20739 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20740
20741 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20742
20743 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20744 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20745
20746 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20747 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20748 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20749
20750 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20751 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20752 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20753 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20754
20755 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20756
20757 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20758 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20759
20760 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20761
20762 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20763 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20764 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20765
20766 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20767 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20768 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20769 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20770
20771 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20772
20773 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20774 Preview region using ghostview.
20775
20776 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20777
20778 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20779
20780 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20781 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20782
20783 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20784
20785 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20786
20787 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20788 Print region using PostScript printer.
20789
20790 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20791
20792 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20793
20794 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20795 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20796
20797 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20798
20799 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20800
20801 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20802 Preview major mode using ghostview.
20803
20804 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20805
20806 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20807
20808 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20809 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20810
20811 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20812
20813 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20814
20815 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20816 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20817
20818 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20819
20820 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20821
20822 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20823 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20824
20825 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20826
20827 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20828
20829 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20830 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20831 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20832 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20833
20834 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20835 matching.
20836
20837 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20838 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20839
20840 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20841
20842 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20843
20844 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20845 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20846 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20847 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20848
20849 \(fn)" t nil)
20850
20851 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20852 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20853 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20854 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20855
20856 \(fn)" t nil)
20857
20858 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20859 Print directory using text printer.
20860
20861 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20862 matching.
20863
20864 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20865 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20866
20867 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20868
20869 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20870
20871 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20872 Print buffer using text printer.
20873
20874 \(fn)" t nil)
20875
20876 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20877 Print region using text printer.
20878
20879 \(fn)" t nil)
20880
20881 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20882 Print major mode using text printer.
20883
20884 \(fn)" t nil)
20885
20886 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20887 Preview spooled PostScript.
20888
20889 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20890 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20891 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20892
20893 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20894 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20895 PostScript image in a file with that name.
20896
20897 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20898
20899 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20900 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20901
20902 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20903 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20904 instead of sending it to the printer.
20905
20906 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20907 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20908 image in a file with that name.
20909
20910 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20911
20912 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20913 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20914
20915 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20916 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20917 instead of sending it to the printer.
20918
20919 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20920 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20921 image in a file with that name.
20922
20923 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20924
20925 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20926 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20927
20928 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20929 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20930 instead of sending it to the printer.
20931
20932 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20933 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20934 image in a file with that name.
20935
20936 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20937
20938 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20939 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20940
20941 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20942
20943 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20944 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20945
20946 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20947
20948 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20949 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20950
20951 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20952
20953 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20954 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
20955
20956 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20957
20958 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
20959 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20960
20961 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20962
20963 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
20964 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
20965
20966 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
20967 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20968 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
20969 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20970
20971 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20972 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
20973 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
20974 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
20975 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
20976 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
20977 file name.
20978
20979 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20980
20981 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
20982 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
20983
20984 \(fn)" t nil)
20985
20986 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
20987 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
20988
20989 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
20990 right.
20991 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
20992 bottom.
20993
20994 \(fn)" t nil)
20995
20996 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
20997 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
20998
20999 \(fn)" t nil)
21000
21001 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21002 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21003
21004 \(fn)" t nil)
21005
21006 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
21007 Toggle printing with faces.
21008
21009 \(fn)" t nil)
21010
21011 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
21012 Toggle spooling.
21013
21014 \(fn)" t nil)
21015
21016 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
21017 Toggle duplex.
21018
21019 \(fn)" t nil)
21020
21021 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
21022 Toggle tumble.
21023
21024 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21025 right.
21026 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21027 bottom.
21028
21029 \(fn)" t nil)
21030
21031 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
21032 Toggle landscape.
21033
21034 \(fn)" t nil)
21035
21036 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
21037 Toggle upside-down.
21038
21039 \(fn)" t nil)
21040
21041 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
21042 Toggle line number.
21043
21044 \(fn)" t nil)
21045
21046 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
21047 Toggle zebra stripes.
21048
21049 \(fn)" t nil)
21050
21051 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
21052 Toggle printing header.
21053
21054 \(fn)" t nil)
21055
21056 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
21057 Toggle printing header frame.
21058
21059 \(fn)" t nil)
21060
21061 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
21062 Toggle menu lock.
21063
21064 \(fn)" t nil)
21065
21066 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
21067 Toggle auto region.
21068
21069 \(fn)" t nil)
21070
21071 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
21072 Toggle auto mode.
21073
21074 \(fn)" t nil)
21075
21076 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
21077 Customization of the `printing' group.
21078
21079 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21080
21081 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
21082 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21083
21084 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21085
21086 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
21087 Help for the printing package.
21088
21089 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21090
21091 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
21092 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21093
21094 \(fn)" t nil)
21095
21096 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
21097 Interactively select a text printer.
21098
21099 \(fn)" t nil)
21100
21101 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
21102 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21103
21104 \(fn)" t nil)
21105
21106 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
21107 Show current ps-print settings.
21108
21109 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21110
21111 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
21112 Show current printing settings.
21113
21114 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21115
21116 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
21117 Show current lpr settings.
21118
21119 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21120
21121 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21122 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21123
21124 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21125 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21126 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21127 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21128
21129
21130 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21131
21132 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21133 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21134 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21135
21136 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21137 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21138 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21139 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21140 current active printer.
21141
21142 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21143 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21144 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21145 printer.
21146
21147 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21148 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21149 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21150 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21151 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21152
21153
21154 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21155 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21156
21157 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21158
21159 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21160 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21161 be done using the new current active printer.
21162
21163 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21164 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21165 printer.
21166
21167 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21168 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21169 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21170 instead of sending it to the printer.
21171
21172 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21173 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21174 printer.
21175
21176 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21177
21178
21179 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21180 are both set to t.
21181
21182 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21183
21184 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21185 Fast fire function for text printing.
21186
21187 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21188 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21189 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21190 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21191
21192 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21193 user for a new active text printer.
21194
21195 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21196
21197 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21198
21199 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21200 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21201 printer.
21202
21203 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21204
21205 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21206 are both set to t.
21207
21208 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21209
21210 ;;;***
21211 \f
21212 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21213 ;;;;;; (17713 5991))
21214 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21215
21216 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21217 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21218 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21219 Commands:
21220 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21221 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21222 if that value is non-nil.
21223
21224 \(fn)" t nil)
21225
21226 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21227
21228 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21229 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21230 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21231
21232 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21233
21234 ;;;***
21235 \f
21236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17817 15478))
21237 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21238
21239 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21240 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21241 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21242
21243 ;;;***
21244 \f
21245 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17390
21246 ;;;;;; 27409))
21247 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21248
21249 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21250 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21251
21252 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21253
21254 The following variables hold user options, and can
21255 be set through the `customize' command:
21256
21257 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21258 `ps-mode-tab'
21259 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21260 `ps-mode-print-function'
21261 `ps-run-prompt'
21262 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21263 `ps-run-x'
21264 `ps-run-dumb'
21265 `ps-run-init'
21266 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21267 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21268
21269 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21270
21271
21272 \\{ps-mode-map}
21273
21274
21275 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21276 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21277 The keymap for this second window is:
21278
21279 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21280
21281
21282 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21283 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21284 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21285 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21286 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21287
21288 \(fn)" t nil)
21289
21290 ;;;***
21291 \f
21292 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21293 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21294 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21295 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17817 13971))
21296 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21297
21298 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21299 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21300
21301 Valid values are:
21302
21303 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21304 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21305 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21306 changed by setting the variable
21307 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21308 The initial value of this variable is
21309 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21310 documentation).
21311
21312 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21313 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21314 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21315 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21316 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21317 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21318 test it.
21319
21320 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21321 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21322 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21323 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21324 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21325 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21326 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21327 use this value, be sure to have installed
21328 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21329 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21330 documentation of this variable).
21331
21332 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21333 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21334 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21335 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21336 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21337 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21338
21339 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21340
21341 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21342
21343 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21344 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21345 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21346
21347 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21348
21349 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21350 Not documented
21351
21352 \(fn)" nil nil)
21353
21354 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21355 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21356
21357 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21358
21359 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21360
21361 Returns the value:
21362
21363 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21364
21365 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21366 the sequence.
21367
21368 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21369
21370 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21371 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21372
21373 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21374 composition.
21375
21376 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21377
21378 Returns the value:
21379
21380 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21381
21382 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21383 the sequence.
21384
21385 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21386
21387 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21388 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21389
21390 \(fn)" nil nil)
21391
21392 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21393 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21394 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21395
21396 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21397
21398 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21399 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21400 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21401
21402 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21403
21404 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21405 Not documented
21406
21407 \(fn)" nil nil)
21408
21409 ;;;***
21410 \f
21411 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21412 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21413 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21414 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21415 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21416 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17817
21417 ;;;;;; 13971))
21418 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21419
21420 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21421 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21422 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21423
21424 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21425
21426 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21427 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21428 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21429 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21430
21431 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21432
21433 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21434 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21435
21436 Valid values are:
21437
21438 nil Do not print colors.
21439
21440 t Print colors.
21441
21442 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21443 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21444
21445 Any other value is treated as t.")
21446
21447 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21448
21449 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21450 Customization of ps-print group.
21451
21452 \(fn)" t nil)
21453
21454 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21455 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21456
21457 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21458 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21459 sending it to the printer.
21460
21461 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21462 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21463 image in a file with that name.
21464
21465 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21466
21467 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21468 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21469 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21470 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21471 so it has a way to determine color values.
21472
21473 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21474
21475 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21476 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21477 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21478
21479 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21480
21481 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21482 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21483 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21484 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21485 so it has a way to determine color values.
21486
21487 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21488
21489 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21490 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21491 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21492 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21493
21494 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21495
21496 \(fn)" t nil)
21497
21498 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21499 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21500 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21501 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21502 so it has a way to determine color values.
21503
21504 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21505
21506 \(fn)" t nil)
21507
21508 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21509 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21510 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21511
21512 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21513
21514 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21515
21516 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21517 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21518 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21519 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21520 so it has a way to determine color values.
21521
21522 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21523
21524 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21525
21526 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21527 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21528
21529 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21530 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21531 instead of sending it to the printer.
21532
21533 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21534 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21535 image in a file with that name.
21536
21537 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21538
21539 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21540 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21541 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21542 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21543 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21544
21545 \(fn)" t nil)
21546
21547 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21548 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21549 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21550
21551 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21552
21553 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21554 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21555 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21556
21557 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21558
21559 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21560 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21561
21562 \(fn)" nil nil)
21563
21564 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21565 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21566
21567 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21568 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21569
21570 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21571 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21572
21573 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21574
21575 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21576
21577 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21578
21579 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21580 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21581
21582 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21583 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21584
21585 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21586 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21587
21588 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21589
21590 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21591
21592 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21593
21594 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21595 foreground and background colors respectively.
21596
21597 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21598 bold - use bold font.
21599 italic - use italic font.
21600 underline - put a line under text.
21601 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21602 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21603 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21604 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21605 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21606
21607 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21608
21609 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21610
21611 ;;;***
21612 \f
21613 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21614 ;;;;;; (17817 13957))
21615 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21616
21617 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21618
21619 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21620
21621 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21622
21623 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21624 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21625 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21626 buffer automatically.
21627
21628 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21629 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21630 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21631 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21632 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21633 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21634 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21635
21636 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21637 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21638 buffer for a list of commands.)
21639
21640 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21641
21642 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21643 Major mode for editing Python files.
21644 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21645 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21646 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21647 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21648
21649 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21650 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21651 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21652 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21653 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21654 \\<python-mode-map>
21655 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21656 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21657 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21658 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21659 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21660 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21661
21662 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21663 effect outside them.
21664
21665 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21666 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21667 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21668 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21669 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21670 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21671 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21672 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21673 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21674
21675 \\{python-mode-map}
21676
21677 \(fn)" t nil)
21678
21679 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21680 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21681 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21682 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21683
21684 \(fn)" t nil)
21685
21686 ;;;***
21687 \f
21688 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21689 ;;;;;; (17407 3112))
21690 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21691
21692 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21693 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21694 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21695 coding-system.
21696
21697 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21698 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21699
21700 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21701 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21702 them into characters should be done separately.
21703
21704 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21705
21706 ;;;***
21707 \f
21708 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21709 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21710 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21711 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21712 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17817 15478))
21713 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21714
21715 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21716 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21717
21718 \(fn)" nil nil)
21719
21720 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21721 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21722 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21723
21724 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21725 `quail-activate', which see.
21726
21727 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21728
21729 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21730 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21731 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21732 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21733 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21734 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21735 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21736
21737 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21738 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21739 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21740 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21741 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21742 shown.
21743 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21744
21745 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21746 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21747 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21748 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21749 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21750 list of candidates.
21751
21752 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21753 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21754 command to be called.
21755
21756 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21757 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21758 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21759 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21760
21761 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21762 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21763 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21764 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21765 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21766 to t.
21767
21768 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21769 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21770 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21771 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21772
21773 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21774 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21775 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21776 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21777
21778 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21779 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21780 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21781 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21782 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21783 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21784
21785 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21786 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21787 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21788 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21789 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21790 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21791
21792 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21793 covers Quail translation region.
21794
21795 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21796 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21797 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21798 for it) is inserted.
21799
21800 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21801 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
21802 vs. corresponding command to be called.
21803
21804 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21805 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21806 non-Quail commands.
21807
21808 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21809
21810 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21811 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21812
21813 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21814 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21815 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
21816 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21817 you type is correctly handled.
21818
21819 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21820
21821 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21822 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21823
21824 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21825 keyboard type.
21826
21827 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21828
21829 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21830 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21831 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21832 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21833 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21834 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21835 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21836 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21837 for the translation.
21838 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21839
21840 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21841 it is used to handle KEY.
21842
21843 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21844 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21845 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
21846 the following annotation types are supported.
21847
21848 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21849 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21850
21851 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21852 candidate list.
21853
21854 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21855 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
21856 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21857 inserted.
21858
21859 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21860 generated for the following translations.
21861
21862 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21863
21864 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21865 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21866
21867 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21868 which to install MAP.
21869
21870 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21871
21872 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21873
21874 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21875 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21876
21877 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21878 which to install MAP.
21879
21880 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21881
21882 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21883
21884 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21885 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21886 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21887 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21888 a function, or a cons.
21889 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21890 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21891 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21892 for the translation.
21893 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21894 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21895 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
21896 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21897 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21898
21899 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21900 it is used to handle KEY.
21901
21902 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21903 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
21904 current Quail package.
21905
21906 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21907 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21908
21909 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21910
21911 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21912 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21913
21914 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21915 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21916
21917 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21918
21919 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
21920 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21921
21922 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21923
21924 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21925 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21926 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21927 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21928 of the Emacs source tree.
21929
21930 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21931 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21932
21933 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21934 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21935 of each directory.
21936
21937 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21938
21939 ;;;***
21940 \f
21941 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21942 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21943 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17390
21944 ;;;;;; 26944))
21945 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21946
21947 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21948 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21949 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21950 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21951
21952 To make use of this do something like:
21953
21954 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
21955
21956 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
21957
21958 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
21959 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
21960
21961 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
21962 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21963 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21964
21965 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21966
21967 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
21968 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
21969
21970 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21971
21972 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
21973 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
21974
21975 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
21976 is decided.
21977
21978 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
21979
21980 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
21981 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
21982
21983 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
21984 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
21985 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
21986
21987 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
21988
21989 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
21990 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
21991
21992 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
21993
21994 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
21995 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
21996
21997 \(fn)" t nil)
21998
21999 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
22000 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22001
22002 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22003
22004 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22005
22006 \(fn)" t nil)
22007
22008 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
22009 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22010
22011 \(fn)" t nil)
22012
22013 ;;;***
22014 \f
22015 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22016 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17778 50475))
22017 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22018
22019 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
22020 Connect to IRC.
22021 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
22022
22023 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22024
22025 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
22026
22027 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
22028 Not documented
22029
22030 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22031
22032 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22033 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22034 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22035 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22036 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22037 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22038
22039 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
22040
22041 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
22042 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22043
22044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22045
22046 ;;;***
22047 \f
22048 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17817
22049 ;;;;;; 14122))
22050 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22051
22052 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
22053 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22054 See \\[compile].
22055
22056 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22057
22058 ;;;***
22059 \f
22060 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22061 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
22062 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22063
22064 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
22065
22066 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
22067 Construct a regexp interactively.
22068
22069 \(fn)" t nil)
22070
22071 ;;;***
22072 \f
22073 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17778 48817))
22074 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22075
22076 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22077 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22078 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22079 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22080 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22081 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22082
22083 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
22084
22085 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
22086 Toggle recentf mode.
22087 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22088 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22089
22090 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22091 that were operated on recently.
22092
22093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22094
22095 ;;;***
22096 \f
22097 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22098 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22099 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22100 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17713
22101 ;;;;;; 5306))
22102 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22103
22104 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
22105 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22106 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22107 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22108
22109 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22110
22111 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
22112
22113 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
22114 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22115 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22116 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22117 ends.
22118
22119 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22120 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22121 to be deleted.
22122
22123 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22124
22125 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22126 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22127 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22128
22129 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22130 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22131 deleted.
22132
22133 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22134
22135 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22136 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22137 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22138
22139 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22140
22141 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22142 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22143
22144 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22145 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22146
22147 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22148 deleted.
22149
22150 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22151 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22152 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22153 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22154 even beep.)
22155
22156 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22157
22158 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22159 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22160
22161 \(fn)" t nil)
22162
22163 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22164 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22165 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22166 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22167 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22168 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22169 and point is at the lower right corner.
22170
22171 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22172
22173 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22174 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22175
22176 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22177 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22178
22179 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22180 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22181 on the right side of the rectangle.
22182
22183 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22184
22185 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22186
22187 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22188 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22189 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22190 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22191 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22192
22193 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22194 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22195
22196 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22197
22198 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22199 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22200 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22201
22202 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22203
22204 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22205
22206 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22207
22208 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22209 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22210
22211 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22212 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22213 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22214
22215 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22216
22217 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22218 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22219 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22220
22221 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22222 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22223 rectangle which were empty.
22224
22225 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22226
22227 ;;;***
22228 \f
22229 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17817
22230 ;;;;;; 14128))
22231 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22232
22233 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22234 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22235 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22236
22237 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22238 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22239 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22240
22241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22242
22243 ;;;***
22244 \f
22245 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22246 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17405 10316))
22247 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22248
22249 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22250 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22251
22252 \(fn)" nil nil)
22253
22254 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22255 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22256
22257 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22258 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22259
22260 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22261 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22262 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22263 \\ref macro.
22264
22265 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22266 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22267 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22268
22269 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22270 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22271 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22272
22273 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22274 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22275
22276 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22277 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22278
22279 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22280 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22281 on the menu bar.
22282
22283 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22284
22285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22286
22287 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22288 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22289 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22290
22291 \(fn)" nil nil)
22292
22293 ;;;***
22294 \f
22295 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22296 ;;;;;; (17817 14128))
22297 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22298
22299 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22300 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22301 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22302 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22303 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22304 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22305
22306 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22307
22308 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22309
22310 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22311 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22312 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22313 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22314 `reftex-cite-format'.
22315
22316 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22317 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22318 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22319 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22320
22321 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22322
22323 ;;;***
22324 \f
22325 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22326 ;;;;;; (17817 14128))
22327 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22328
22329 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22330 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22331 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22332 the current TeX document.
22333
22334 With no argument, this command toggles
22335 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22336 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22337
22338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22339
22340 ;;;***
22341 \f
22342 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22343 ;;;;;; (17817 14128))
22344 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22345
22346 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22347 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22348 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22349
22350 To insert new phrases, use
22351 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22352 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22353
22354 To index phrases use one of:
22355
22356 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22357 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22358 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22359 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22360 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22361
22362 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22363 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22364
22365 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22366
22367 Here are all local bindings.
22368
22369 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22370
22371 \(fn)" t nil)
22372
22373 ;;;***
22374 \f
22375 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22376 ;;;;;; (17817 14128))
22377 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22378
22379 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22380 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22381 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22382 of master file.
22383
22384 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22385
22386 ;;;***
22387 \f
22388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17817
22389 ;;;;;; 14129))
22390 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22391 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22392 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22393 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22394 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22395
22396 ;;;***
22397 \f
22398 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22399 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
22400 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22401
22402 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22403 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22404 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22405 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22406 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22407 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22408
22409 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22410 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22411
22412 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22413 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22414
22415 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22416
22417 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22418 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22419 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22420 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22421
22422 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22423
22424 ;;;***
22425 \f
22426 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17817 13977))
22427 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22428
22429 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22430 Repeat most recently executed command.
22431 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22432 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22433 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22434
22435 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22436 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22437 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22438
22439 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22440
22441 ;;;***
22442 \f
22443 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22444 ;;;;;; (17817 14120))
22445 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22446
22447 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22448 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22449
22450 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22451 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22452 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22453 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22454 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22455 and point is left after the salutation.
22456
22457 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22458 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22459 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22460 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22461 left after that text.
22462
22463 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22464 is non-nil.
22465
22466 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22467 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22468 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22469 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22470
22471 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22472
22473 ;;;***
22474 \f
22475 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22476 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
22477 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22478
22479 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22480 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22481 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22482 visibility of comments that precede it.
22483 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22484 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22485 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22486 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22487 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22488 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22489 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22490 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22491 the comment lines.
22492 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22493 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22494 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22495 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22496 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22497
22498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22499 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22500
22501 ;;;***
22502 \f
22503 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17817
22504 ;;;;;; 13977))
22505 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22506
22507 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22508 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22509
22510 \(fn)" nil nil)
22511
22512 ;;;***
22513 \f
22514 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22515 ;;;;;; (17496 38723))
22516 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22517
22518 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22519 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22520 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22521
22522 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22523 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22524 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22525
22526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22527
22528 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22529 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22530 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22531 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22532 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22533
22534 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
22535
22536 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22537 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22538 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22539
22540 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22541 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22542 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22543
22544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22545
22546 ;;;***
22547 \f
22548 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22549 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
22550 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22551
22552 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22553 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22554
22555 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22556
22557 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22558 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22559
22560 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22561
22562 ;;;***
22563 \f
22564 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17817 14122))
22565 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22566 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22567
22568 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22569 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22570 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22571 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22572
22573 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22574
22575 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22576 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22577 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22578 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22579
22580 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22581 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22582
22583 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22584 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22585
22586 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22587 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22588 INPUT-ARGS.
22589
22590 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22591 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22592 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22593 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22594 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22595
22596 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22597 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22598 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22599 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22600
22601 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22602 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22603 variable.
22604
22605 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22606
22607 ;;;***
22608 \f
22609 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22610 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22611 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22612 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22613 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22614 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22615 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17778
22616 ;;;;;; 50475))
22617 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22618
22619 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22620 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22621 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22622
22623 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22624
22625 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22626 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22627 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22628 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22629
22630 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22631
22632 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22633 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22634 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22635 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22636 value is the user's email address and name.)
22637 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22638
22639 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22640 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22641 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22642 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22643 which normally happens once for each message,
22644 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22645 To make a change in this variable take effect
22646 for a message that you have already viewed,
22647 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22648
22649 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22650
22651 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22652 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22653 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22654 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22655
22656 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22657
22658 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22659 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22660
22661 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22662
22663 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22664 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22665 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22666 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22667
22668 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22669
22670 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22671 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22672
22673 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22674
22675 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22676 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22677
22678 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22679
22680 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22681 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22682 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22683 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22684 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22685
22686 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22687
22688 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22689 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22690 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22691 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22692
22693 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22694
22695 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22696 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22697
22698 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22699
22700 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22701 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22702
22703 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22704
22705 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22706 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22707
22708 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22709
22710 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22711 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22712
22713 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22714 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22715
22716 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22717 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22718
22719 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22720
22721 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22722 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22723
22724 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22725 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22726 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22727 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22728
22729 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22730 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22731
22732 This is set to nil by default.")
22733
22734 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22735 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22736 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22737 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22738 until a user explicitly requires it.
22739
22740 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22741 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22742 in your session.")
22743
22744 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22745
22746 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22747 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22748 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22749 It is called with no argument.")
22750
22751 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22752 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22753 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22754 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22755 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22756 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22757 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22758
22759 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22760 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22761 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22762 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22763 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22764 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22765
22766 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22767 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22768 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22769 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22770 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22771
22772 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22773 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22774 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22775 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22776 MSG is the message number,
22777 REGEXP is the regular expression,
22778 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22779
22780 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22781 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22782 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22783 this feature is required with `require'.
22784
22785 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
22786 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22787
22788 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22789 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22790 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22791 the message is decoded as normal way.
22792
22793 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22794 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22795 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22796
22797 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22798 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22799 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22800
22801 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22802 Read and edit incoming mail.
22803 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22804 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22805 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22806
22807 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22808 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22809 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22810 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22811
22812 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22813
22814 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22815
22816 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22817 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22818 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22819 Instead, these commands are available:
22820
22821 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
22822 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
22823 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
22824 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22825 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
22826 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22827 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22828 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22829 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22830 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22831 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22832 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
22833 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22834 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22835 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
22836 till a deleted message is found.
22837 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22838 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
22839 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
22840 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22841 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22842 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22843 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22844 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22845 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22846 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
22847 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
22848 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22849 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22850 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
22851 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
22852 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
22853 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
22854 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
22855 (label defaults to last one specified).
22856 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22857 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22858 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
22859 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22860 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22861 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22862 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22863 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22864 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
22865
22866 \(fn)" t nil)
22867
22868 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22869 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22870
22871 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22872
22873 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22874 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22875
22876 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22877
22878 ;;;***
22879 \f
22880 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22881 ;;;;;; (17390 26943))
22882 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22883
22884 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22885 Edit the contents of this message.
22886
22887 \(fn)" t nil)
22888
22889 ;;;***
22890 \f
22891 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22892 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22893 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17390 26943))
22894 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22895
22896 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22897 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22898 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22899
22900 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22901
22902 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22903 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22904 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22905
22906 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
22907
22908 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22909 Not documented
22910
22911 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22912
22913 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22914 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22915 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22916 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22917 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22918
22919 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22920
22921 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22922 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22923 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22924 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22925 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22926
22927 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22928
22929 ;;;***
22930 \f
22931 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22932 ;;;;;; (17817 14120))
22933 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22934
22935 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22936 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22937 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22938 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22939
22940 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22941
22942 ;;;***
22943 \f
22944 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22945 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22946 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17778 50475))
22947 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22948
22949 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22950 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22951 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22952 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22953 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
22954 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
22955 a file name as a string.")
22956
22957 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
22958
22959 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
22960 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
22961 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
22962 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
22963 buffer visiting that file.
22964 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
22965 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
22966
22967 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
22968 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22969
22970 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22971 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22972
22973 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
22974 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
22975
22976 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
22977
22978 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
22979 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
22980
22981 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
22982
22983 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
22984 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
22985 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
22986 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
22987 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
22988
22989 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
22990 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
22991 will be appended with their original headers.
22992
22993 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
22994 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
22995
22996 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
22997 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
22998
22999 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23000
23001 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23002
23003 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
23004 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23005 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23006
23007 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23008
23009 ;;;***
23010 \f
23011 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23012 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23013 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17390
23014 ;;;;;; 26943))
23015 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23016
23017 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
23018 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23019 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23020
23021 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23022
23023 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
23024 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23025 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23026
23027 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23028
23029 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
23030 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23031 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23032
23033 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23034
23035 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
23036 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23037 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23038
23039 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23040
23041 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
23042 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23043 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23044
23045 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23046
23047 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
23048 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23049 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23050
23051 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23052
23053 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
23054 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23055 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23056 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23057
23058 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23059
23060 ;;;***
23061 \f
23062 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23063 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23064 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23065 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23066 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17427 42815))
23067 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23068
23069 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23070 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23071
23072 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
23073
23074 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23075 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23076
23077 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
23078
23079 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
23080 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23081
23082 \(fn)" t nil)
23083
23084 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
23085 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23086 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23087
23088 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23089
23090 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
23091 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23092 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23093 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23094 only look in the To and From fields.
23095 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23096
23097 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23098
23099 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
23100 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23101 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23102 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23103 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23104
23105 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23106
23107 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
23108 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23109 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23110 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23111 look in the whole message.
23112 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23113
23114 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23115
23116 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
23117 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23118 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23119
23120 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23121
23122 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
23123 *Function to decode summary-line.
23124
23125 By default, `identity' is set.")
23126
23127 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
23128
23129 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23130 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23131 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23132 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23133 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23134 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23135 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23136
23137 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23138 sent by you under different user names.
23139 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23140
23141 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23142
23143 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
23144
23145 ;;;***
23146 \f
23147 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
23148 ;;;;;; (17817 14123))
23149 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
23150
23151 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
23152 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
23153 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
23154 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
23155
23156 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
23157
23158 ;;;***
23159 \f
23160 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23161 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17817 13977))
23162 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23163
23164 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23165 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23166
23167 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23168
23169 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23170 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23171
23172 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23173
23174 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23175 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23176
23177 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23178
23179 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23180 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23181 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23182
23183 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23184 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23185 in ROT13.
23186
23187 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23188
23189 \(fn)" t nil)
23190
23191 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23192 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23193
23194 \(fn)" t nil)
23195
23196 ;;;***
23197 \f
23198 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
23199 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
23200 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
23201 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
23202 ;;;;;; (17817 14123))
23203 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
23204
23205 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
23206 *This variable is obsolete.")
23207
23208 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" t)
23209
23210 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
23211 *This variable is obsolete.")
23212
23213 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini" t)
23214
23215 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
23216 *This variable is obsolete.")
23217
23218 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini" t)
23219
23220 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
23221 *This variable is obsolete.")
23222
23223 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini" t)
23224
23225 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
23226 *This variable is obsolete.")
23227
23228 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini" t)
23229
23230 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
23231 *This variable is obsolete.")
23232
23233 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini" t)
23234
23235 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
23236 This function is obsolete.
23237
23238 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23239
23240 ;;;***
23241 \f
23242 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17778
23243 ;;;;;; 50476))
23244 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23245
23246 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23247 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23248
23249 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23250
23251 ;;;***
23252 \f
23253 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17418
23254 ;;;;;; 6751))
23255 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23256
23257 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23258 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23259 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23260 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23261
23262 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23263
23264 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23265 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23266 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23267 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23268
23269 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23270 notation.
23271
23272 STRING
23273 matches string STRING literally.
23274
23275 CHAR
23276 matches character CHAR literally.
23277
23278 `not-newline', `nonl'
23279 matches any character except a newline.
23280 .
23281 `anything'
23282 matches any character
23283
23284 `(any SET ...)'
23285 `(in SET ...)'
23286 `(char SET ...)'
23287 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23288 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23289 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23290
23291 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23292 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23293 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23294 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23295
23296 `(not (any SET ...))'
23297 matches any character not in SET ...
23298
23299 `line-start', `bol'
23300 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23301 in the text being matched
23302
23303 `line-end', `eol'
23304 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23305
23306 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23307 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23308 string being matched against.
23309
23310 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23311 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23312 string being matched against.
23313
23314 `buffer-start'
23315 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23316 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23317
23318 `buffer-end'
23319 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23320 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23321
23322 `point'
23323 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23324
23325 `word-start', `bow'
23326 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23327 word.
23328
23329 `word-end', `eow'
23330 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23331
23332 `word-boundary'
23333 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23334 word.
23335
23336 `(not word-boundary)'
23337 `not-word-boundary'
23338 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23339 word.
23340
23341 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23342 matches 0 through 9.
23343
23344 `control', `cntrl'
23345 matches ASCII control characters.
23346
23347 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23348 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23349
23350 `blank'
23351 matches space and tab only.
23352
23353 `graphic', `graph'
23354 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23355 space, and DEL.
23356
23357 `printing', `print'
23358 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23359 and DEL.
23360
23361 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23362 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23363 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23364
23365 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23366 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23367 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23368
23369 `ascii'
23370 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23371
23372 `nonascii'
23373 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23374
23375 `lower', `lower-case'
23376 matches anything lower-case.
23377
23378 `upper', `upper-case'
23379 matches anything upper-case.
23380
23381 `punctuation', `punct'
23382 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23383 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23384
23385 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23386 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23387
23388 `word', `wordchar'
23389 matches anything that has word syntax.
23390
23391 `not-wordchar'
23392 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23393
23394 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23395 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23396 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23397 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23398
23399 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23400 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23401 `word' (\\sw)
23402 `symbol' (\\s_)
23403 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23404 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23405 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23406 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23407 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23408 `escape' (\\s\\)
23409 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23410 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23411 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23412 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23413 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23414
23415 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23416 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23417
23418 `(category CATEGORY)'
23419 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23420 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23421
23422 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23423 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23424 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23425 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23426 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23427 `symbol' (\\c5)
23428 `digit' (\\c6)
23429 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23430 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23431 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23432 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23433 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23434 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23435 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23436 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23437 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23438 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23439 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23440 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23441 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23442 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23443 `ascii' (\\ca)
23444 `arabic' (\\cb)
23445 `chinese' (\\cc)
23446 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23447 `greek' (\\cg)
23448 `korean' (\\ch)
23449 `indian' (\\ci)
23450 `japanese' (\\cj)
23451 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23452 `latin' (\\cl)
23453 `lao' (\\co)
23454 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23455 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23456 `thai' (\\ct)
23457 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23458 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23459 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23460 `can-break' (\\c|)
23461
23462 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23463 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23464
23465 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23466 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23467 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23468 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23469 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23470
23471 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23472 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23473 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23474 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23475
23476 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23477 another name for `submatch'.
23478
23479 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23480 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23481 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23482 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23483 regular expression.
23484
23485 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23486 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23487 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23488 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23489 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23490
23491 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23492 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23493
23494 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23495 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23496
23497 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23498 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23499 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23500
23501 `(* SEXP ...)'
23502 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23503 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23504
23505 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23506 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23507 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23508
23509 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23510 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23511 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23512
23513 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23514 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23515
23516 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23517 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23518
23519 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23520 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23521 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23522 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23523
23524 `(? SEXP ...)'
23525 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23526
23527 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23528 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23529
23530 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23531 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23532 matches N occurrences.
23533
23534 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23535 matches N or more occurrences.
23536
23537 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23538 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23539 matches N to M occurrences.
23540
23541 `(backref N)'
23542 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23543
23544 `(backref N)'
23545 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23546
23547 `(backref N)'
23548 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23549
23550 `(eval FORM)'
23551 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23552 `regexp-quote' it.
23553
23554 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23555 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23556
23557 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23558
23559 ;;;***
23560 \f
23561 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23562 ;;;;;; (17466 28165))
23563 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23564
23565 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23566 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23567 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23568 interface.")
23569
23570 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist")
23571
23572 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23573 Toggle savehist-mode.
23574 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23575 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23576 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23577 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23578
23579 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23580 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23581 which is probably undesirable.
23582
23583 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23584
23585 ;;;***
23586 \f
23587 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23588 ;;;;;; (17390 27409))
23589 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23590
23591 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23592 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23593 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23594
23595 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23596 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23597 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23598 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23599 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23600 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23601 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23602 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23603
23604 Commands:
23605 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23606 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23607 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23608 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23609 if that value is non-nil.
23610
23611 \(fn)" t nil)
23612
23613 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23614 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23615 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23616
23617 Commands:
23618 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23619 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23620 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23621 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23622 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23623 that variable's value is a string.
23624
23625 \(fn)" t nil)
23626
23627 ;;;***
23628 \f
23629 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23630 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
23631 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23632
23633 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23634 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23635 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23636
23637 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23638
23639 \(fn)" t nil)
23640
23641 ;;;***
23642 \f
23643 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17817
23644 ;;;;;; 14123))
23645 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23646
23647 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23648 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23649 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23650 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23651
23652 Interesting variables:
23653
23654 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23655 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23656
23657 `scribe-electric-quote'
23658 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23659
23660 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23661 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23662 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23663
23664 \(fn)" t nil)
23665
23666 ;;;***
23667 \f
23668 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23669 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
23670 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23671
23672 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23673 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23674 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23675 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23676 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23677 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23678
23679 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23680
23681 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23682 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23683 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23684 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23685 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23686
23687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23688
23689 ;;;***
23690 \f
23691 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23692 ;;;;;; (17390 26945))
23693 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23694
23695 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23696 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23697 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23698 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23699 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23700 during scrolling.
23701
23702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23703
23704 ;;;***
23705 \f
23706 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23707 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23708 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23709 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23710 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23711 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23712 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23713 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23714 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17713 5990))
23715 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23716
23717 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23718 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23719
23720 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23721 king@grassland.com
23722 If `parens', they look like:
23723 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23724 If `angles', they look like:
23725 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23726 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23727 derived from the envelope-from address.
23728
23729 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23730 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23731 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23732 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23733
23734 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23735
23736 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23737 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23738 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23739 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23740
23741 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23742 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23743 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23744 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23745
23746 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23747
23748 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23749 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23750 This is done when the message is initialized,
23751 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23752
23753 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23754
23755 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23756 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23757 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23758
23759 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23760
23761 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23762
23763 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23764 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23765 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23766 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23767 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23768 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23769 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23770
23771 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23772
23773 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23774 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23775
23776 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23777
23778 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23779 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23780 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23781
23782 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23783
23784 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23785 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23786 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23787 when you first send mail.")
23788
23789 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23790
23791 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23792 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23793 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23794 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23795 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23796
23797 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23798
23799 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23800 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23801 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23802 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23803 This file need not actually exist.")
23804
23805 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23806
23807 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23808 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23809 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23810
23811 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23812
23813 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23814 Alist of mail address aliases,
23815 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23816 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23817 can specify a different file name.)
23818 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23819 alias ALIAS MEANING")
23820
23821 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23822 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23823 nil means use indentation.")
23824
23825 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23826
23827 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23828 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23829 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23830
23831 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23832
23833 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23834 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23835 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23836 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23837 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23838 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23839 in the cited portion of the message.
23840
23841 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23842 instead of no action.")
23843
23844 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23845
23846 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
23847 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23848 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23849 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23850 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23851
23852 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23853
23854 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
23855 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23856 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23857 If a string, that string is inserted.
23858 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23859 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23860 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23861 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23862
23863 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23864
23865 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23866 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23867
23868 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23869
23870 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23871 Directory for mail buffers.
23872 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23873 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23874
23875 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23876
23877 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23878 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23879 It is inserted before you edit the message,
23880 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23881
23882 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23883
23884 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23885 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23886 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23887 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23888 is non-nil.")
23889
23890 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23891
23892 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23893 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23894 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
23895 `query' means ask the user each time.
23896 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23897 The default is `mime'.
23898 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23899 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23900
23901 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23902
23903 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23904 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23905 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23906
23907 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
23908 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23909
23910 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23911 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
23912 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
23913 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23914 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
23915 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23916 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
23917 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23918 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23919 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23920 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
23921 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23922 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23923
23924 \(fn)" t nil)
23925
23926 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23927 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23928
23929 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23930 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23931
23932 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23933
23934 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23935 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23936 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23937 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23938 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23939 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23940
23941 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23942 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23943 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23944
23945 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23946 User should not set this variable manually,
23947 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23948 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23949 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23950 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23951
23952 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23953 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23954 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23955 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23956
23957 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23958 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23959
23960 \\<mail-mode-map>
23961 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23962
23963 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23964 to move to message header fields:
23965 \\{mail-mode-map}
23966
23967 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23968 when the message is initialized.
23969
23970 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23971 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23972
23973 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23974 is inserted.
23975
23976 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23977 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
23978
23979 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23980 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
23981 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23982 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
23983 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23984 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23985 buffer without erasing the contents.
23986
23987 The second through fifth arguments,
23988 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23989 the initial contents of those header fields.
23990 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23991 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23992 original message being replied to, or else an action
23993 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23994 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23995 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23996 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23997 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23998 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23999
24000 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24001
24002 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
24003 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24004
24005 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24006
24007 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
24008 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24009
24010 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24011
24012 ;;;***
24013 \f
24014 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24015 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (17778 59051))
24016 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24017
24018 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
24019 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24020 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24021 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24022 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24023 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24024
24025 Prefix arg LEAVE-DEAD means just kill any existing server
24026 communications subprocess.
24027
24028 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24029
24030 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24031 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24032 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24033 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24034 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24035 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24036
24037 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
24038
24039 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
24040 Toggle Server mode.
24041 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24042 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24043 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24044
24045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24046
24047 (autoload (quote server-save-buffers-kill-terminal) "server" "\
24048 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24049
24050 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24051
24052 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24053 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24054
24055 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24056
24057 ;;;***
24058 \f
24059 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17778 50477))
24060 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24061
24062 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
24063 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24064 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
24065
24066 Key definitions:
24067 \\{ses-mode-map}
24068 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24069 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24070 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24071 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24072
24073 \(fn)" t nil)
24074
24075 ;;;***
24076 \f
24077 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24078 ;;;;;; (17817 13959))
24079 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24080
24081 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24082 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24083 Makes > match <.
24084 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24085 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24086
24087 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24088 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24089 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24090
24091 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24092 in your `.emacs' file.
24093
24094 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24095
24096 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24097 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24098 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24099
24100 \(fn)" t nil)
24101
24102 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
24103
24104 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24105 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24106 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24107 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24108 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24109 which this is based.
24110
24111 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24112
24113 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24114 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24115 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24116 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24117
24118 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24119 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24120 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24121
24122 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24123 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24124 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24125 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24126
24127 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24128 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24129 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24130 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24131
24132 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24133
24134 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24135 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24136 To work around that, do:
24137 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24138
24139 \\{html-mode-map}
24140
24141 \(fn)" t nil)
24142
24143 ;;;***
24144 \f
24145 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24146 ;;;;;; (17817 16152))
24147 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24148 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24149
24150 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
24151 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24152 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24153 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24154 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24155 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24156
24157 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24158 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24159 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24160 shell-specific features.
24161
24162 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24163 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24164 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24165 \\<sh-mode-map>
24166 \\[sh-case] case statement
24167 \\[sh-for] for loop
24168 \\[sh-function] function definition
24169 \\[sh-if] if statement
24170 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24171 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24172 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24173 \\[sh-select] select loop
24174 \\[sh-until] until loop
24175 \\[sh-while] while loop
24176
24177 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24178 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24179 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24180 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24181 would indent to the way it currently is.
24182 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24183 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24184
24185
24186 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24187 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24188 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24189 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24190 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24191 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24192
24193 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24194 {, (, [, ', \", `
24195 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24196
24197 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24198 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24199 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24200
24201 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24202 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24203
24204 \(fn)" t nil)
24205
24206 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24207
24208 ;;;***
24209 \f
24210 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17383 38805))
24211 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24212
24213 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24214 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24215 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24216 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24217 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24218 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24219
24220 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24221
24222 ;;;***
24223 \f
24224 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24225 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
24226 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24227
24228 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24229 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24230
24231 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
24232 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24233 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24234 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24235 the earlier.
24236
24237 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24238
24239 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24240
24241 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24242 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24243 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24244
24245 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24246 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24247
24248 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24249 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24250 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24251 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24252 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24253 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24254 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24255 Emacs version).
24256
24257 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24258 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24259 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24260 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24261 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24262
24263 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24264 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24265 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24266
24267 \(fn)" t nil)
24268
24269 ;;;***
24270 \f
24271 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24272 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17778
24273 ;;;;;; 50477))
24274 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24275
24276 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24277 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24278 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24279 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24280 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24281 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24282 in the cluster.
24283
24284 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24285
24286 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24287 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24288 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24289 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24290 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24291
24292 \(fn)" t nil)
24293
24294 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24295 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24296 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24297 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24298 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24299 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24300 `shadow-define-cluster').
24301
24302 \(fn)" t nil)
24303
24304 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24305 Set up file shadowing.
24306
24307 \(fn)" t nil)
24308
24309 ;;;***
24310 \f
24311 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24312 ;;;;;; (17817 15738))
24313 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24314
24315 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24316 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24317 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24318 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24319 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24320 arguments.")
24321
24322 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24323
24324 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24325 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24326 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24327 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24328 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24329 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24330 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24331 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24332 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24333 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24334 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24335 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24336 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24337 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24338
24339 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24340 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24341 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24342 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24343 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24344 `default-process-coding-system'.
24345
24346 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24347 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24348 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24349 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24350
24351 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24352
24353 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24354 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24355
24356 ;;;***
24357 \f
24358 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24359 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17383 38805))
24360 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24361
24362 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24363 Not documented
24364
24365 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24366
24367 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24368 Not documented
24369
24370 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24371
24372 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24373 Not documented
24374
24375 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24376
24377 ;;;***
24378 \f
24379 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24380 ;;;;;; (17383 38805))
24381 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24382
24383 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24384 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24385 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24386 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24387 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24388
24389 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24390
24391 \(fn)" t nil)
24392
24393 ;;;***
24394 \f
24395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (17817 16152))
24396 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24397 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24398
24399 ;;;***
24400 \f
24401 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17817
24402 ;;;;;; 14147))
24403 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24404
24405 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24406 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24407 \\{simula-mode-map}
24408 Variables controlling indentation style:
24409 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24410 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24411 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24412 `simula-indent-level'
24413 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24414 `simula-substatement-offset'
24415 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24416 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24417 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24418 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24419 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24420 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24421 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24422 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24423 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24424 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24425 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24426 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24427 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24428 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24429 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24430 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24431 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24432 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24433 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24434 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24435 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24436 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24437 or nil if they should not be changed.
24438 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24439 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24440 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24441 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24442
24443 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24444 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24445
24446 \(fn)" t nil)
24447
24448 ;;;***
24449 \f
24450 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24451 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17817 13977))
24452 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24453
24454 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24455 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24456
24457 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24458 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24459 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24460 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24461
24462 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24463
24464 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24465 Insert SKELETON.
24466 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24467 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24468 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24469 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24470 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24471
24472 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24473 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24474
24475 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24476
24477 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24478 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24479
24480 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24481 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24482 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24483 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24484
24485 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24486 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24487 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24488 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24489
24490 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24491 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24492 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24493
24494 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24495 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24496
24497 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24498 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24499
24500 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24501 _ interesting point, interregion here
24502 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24503 interesting point set by _
24504 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24505 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24506 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24507 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24508 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24509 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24510 nil skipped
24511
24512 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24513 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24514
24515 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24516 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24517 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24518 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24519 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24520 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24521 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24522 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24523
24524 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24525 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24526 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24527 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24528 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24529 available:
24530
24531 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24532 then: insert previously read string once more
24533 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24534 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24535 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24536
24537 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24538 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24539
24540 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24541
24542 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24543 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24544
24545 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24546 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24547 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24548 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24549 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24550 such as backslash.
24551
24552 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24553 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24554 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24555
24556 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24557
24558 ;;;***
24559 \f
24560 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24561 ;;;;;; (17496 38723))
24562 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24563
24564 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24565 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24566 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24567 buffer names.
24568
24569 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24570
24571 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24572 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24573 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24574
24575 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24576
24577 ;;;***
24578 \f
24579 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24580 ;;;;;; (17441 26811))
24581 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24582
24583 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24584 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24585 A list of images is returned.
24586
24587 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24588
24589 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24590 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24591 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24592
24593 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24594
24595 ;;;***
24596 \f
24597 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24598 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17778 50475))
24599 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24600
24601 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24602 Not documented
24603
24604 \(fn)" nil nil)
24605
24606 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24607 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24608
24609 \(fn)" t nil)
24610
24611 ;;;***
24612 \f
24613 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17817 14125))
24614 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24615
24616 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24617 Play the Snake game.
24618 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24619
24620 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24621
24622 Snake mode keybindings:
24623 \\<snake-mode-map>
24624 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24625 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24626 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24627 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24628 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24629 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24630 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24631
24632 \(fn)" t nil)
24633
24634 ;;;***
24635 \f
24636 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24637 ;;;;;; (17817 14122))
24638 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24639
24640 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24641 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24642 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24643 Tab indents for C code.
24644 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24645 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24646 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24647 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24648 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24649
24650 \(fn)" t nil)
24651
24652 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24653 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24654 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24655 Tab indents for C code.
24656 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24657 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24658 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24659 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24660 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24661
24662 \(fn)" t nil)
24663
24664 ;;;***
24665 \f
24666 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24667 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24668 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17390 27324))
24669 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24670
24671 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24672 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24673
24674 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24675 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24676 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24677
24678 For example, the form
24679
24680 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24681 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24682
24683 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24684
24685 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
24686
24687 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24688 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24689
24690 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24691 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24692 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24693 York City.
24694
24695 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24696
24697 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
24698
24699 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24700 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24701
24702 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24703 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24704 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24705 York City.
24706
24707 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24708
24709 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
24710
24711 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24712 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24713 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24714 pair.
24715
24716 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24717
24718 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
24719
24720 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24721 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24722 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24723
24724 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24725 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24726
24727 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24728
24729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24730
24731 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24732 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24733 Requires floating point.
24734
24735 \(fn)" nil nil)
24736
24737 ;;;***
24738 \f
24739 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17817
24740 ;;;;;; 14125))
24741 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24742
24743 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24744 Play Solitaire.
24745
24746 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24747 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24748 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24749 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24750 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24751 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24752 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24753 check after each move or undo)
24754
24755 What is Solitaire?
24756
24757 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24758 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24759 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24760
24761 Le Solitaire
24762 ============
24763
24764 o o o
24765
24766 o o o
24767
24768 o o o o o o o
24769
24770 o o o . o o o
24771
24772 o o o o o o o
24773
24774 o o o
24775
24776 o o o
24777
24778 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24779 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24780 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24781 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24782
24783 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24784 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24785 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24786 this: o o .
24787
24788 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24789 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24790
24791 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24792
24793 o o o
24794
24795 . o o
24796
24797 o o . o o o o
24798
24799 o . o o o o o
24800
24801 o o o o o o o
24802
24803 o o o
24804
24805 o o o
24806
24807 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24808
24809 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24810
24811 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24812
24813 ;;;***
24814 \f
24815 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24816 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24817 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17817 13977))
24818 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24819
24820 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24821 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24822
24823 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24824 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24825 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
24826 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
24827 contiguous.
24828
24829 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24830 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24831 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24832 the sort order.
24833
24834 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24835 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24836
24837 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24838 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24839 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24840 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24841 is called.
24842
24843 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24844 It should move point to the end of the record.
24845
24846 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24847 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24848 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24849 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24850 starts at the beginning of the record.
24851
24852 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24853 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24854 same as ENDRECFUN.
24855
24856 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
24857 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24858
24859 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24860
24861 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24862 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24863 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24864 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24865 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24866 the sort order.
24867
24868 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24869
24870 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24871 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24872 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24873 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24874 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24875 the sort order.
24876
24877 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24878
24879 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24880 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24881 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24882 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24883 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24884 the sort order.
24885
24886 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24887
24888 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24889 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24890 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24891 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24892 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24893 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24894 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24895 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24896 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24897
24898 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24899
24900 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24901 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24902 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24903 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24904 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24905 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
24906 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24907 the sort order.
24908
24909 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24910
24911 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24912 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24913 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24914 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24915 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24916 is to be used for sorting.
24917 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24918 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24919 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24920 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24921 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24922
24923 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24924
24925 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24926 the sort order.
24927
24928 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24929 starting with the letter \"f\",
24930 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24931
24932 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24933
24934 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24935 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24936 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24937 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24938 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24939 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24940 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24941 the sort order.
24942
24943 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24944 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24945 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
24946 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24947 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24948
24949 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24950
24951 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24952 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24953 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24954
24955 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24956
24957 ;;;***
24958 \f
24959 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17817
24960 ;;;;;; 16940))
24961 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24962
24963 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24964 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24965
24966 \(fn)" t nil)
24967
24968 ;;;***
24969 \f
24970 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24971 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24972 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17390 27306))
24973 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24974
24975 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24976 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24977
24978 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24979 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
24980 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24981
24982 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24983
24984 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24985 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24986 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24987 server.
24988
24989 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24990
24991 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24992 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24993 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24994
24995 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24996
24997 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24998 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24999 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25000 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25001 Agent is plugged.
25002
25003 \(fn)" t nil)
25004
25005 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
25006 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25007 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25008 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25009
25010 \(fn)" t nil)
25011
25012 ;;;***
25013 \f
25014 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25015 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17778 50477))
25016 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25017
25018 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
25019
25020 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
25021 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25022 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25023 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25024 supported at a time.
25025 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25026 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25027
25028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25029
25030 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
25031 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25032 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25033 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25034
25035 \(fn)" t nil)
25036
25037 ;;;***
25038 \f
25039 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25040 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17817 14129))
25041 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25042
25043 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
25044
25045 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
25046 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25047 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25048 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25049 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25050 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25051
25052 \(fn)" t nil)
25053
25054 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
25055 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25056 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25057 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25058
25059 \(fn)" t nil)
25060
25061 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
25062 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25063 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25064 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25065 for example, \"word\".
25066
25067 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25068
25069 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
25070 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25071
25072 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25073
25074 ;;;***
25075 \f
25076 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17817
25077 ;;;;;; 14125))
25078 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25079
25080 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
25081 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25082
25083 \(fn)" t nil)
25084
25085 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
25086 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25087
25088 \(fn)" nil nil)
25089
25090 ;;;***
25091 \f
25092 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25093 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25094 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25095 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17817
25096 ;;;;;; 16161))
25097 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25098
25099 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
25100 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25101
25102 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25103 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25104 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25105 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25106 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25107 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25108 of the current highlighting list.
25109
25110 For example:
25111
25112 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25113 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25114
25115 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25116 `_t' as data types.
25117
25118 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25119
25120 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25121 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25122
25123 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25124 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25125
25126 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25127
25128 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25129 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25130 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25131
25132 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25133
25134 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25135 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25136 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25137 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25138 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25139 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25140 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25141 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25142 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25143
25144 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25145
25146 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25147 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25148 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25149 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25150
25151 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25152 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25153 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25154 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25155
25156 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25157 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25158 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25159
25160 \(fn)" t nil)
25161
25162 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
25163 Major mode to edit SQL.
25164
25165 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25166 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25167 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25168
25169 \\{sql-mode-map}
25170 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25171
25172 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25173 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25174 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25175 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25176 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25177 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25178
25179 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25180 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25181
25182 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25183 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25184 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25185
25186 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25187 (lambda ()
25188 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25189
25190 \(fn)" t nil)
25191
25192 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
25193 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25194
25195 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25196 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25197 `*SQL*'.
25198
25199 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25200
25201 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25202
25203 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25204 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25205
25206 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25207 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25208 `*SQL*'.
25209
25210 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25211 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25212 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25213 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25214
25215 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25216 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25217
25218 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25219 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25220 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25221 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25222 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25223 `default-process-coding-system'.
25224
25225 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25226
25227 \(fn)" t nil)
25228
25229 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25230 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25231
25232 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25233 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25234 `*SQL*'.
25235
25236 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25237 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25238 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25239 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25240
25241 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25242 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25243
25244 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25245 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25246 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25247 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25248 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25249 `default-process-coding-system'.
25250
25251 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25252
25253 \(fn)" t nil)
25254
25255 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25256 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25257
25258 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25259 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25260 `*SQL*'.
25261
25262 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25263 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25264
25265 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25266 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25267
25268 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25269 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25270 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25271 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25272 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25273 `default-process-coding-system'.
25274
25275 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25276
25277 \(fn)" t nil)
25278
25279 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25280 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25281
25282 SQLite is free software.
25283
25284 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25285 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25286 `*SQL*'.
25287
25288 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25289 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25290 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25291 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25292
25293 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25294 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25295
25296 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25297 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25298 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25299 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25300 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25301 `default-process-coding-system'.
25302
25303 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25304
25305 \(fn)" t nil)
25306
25307 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25308 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25309
25310 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25311
25312 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25313 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25314 `*SQL*'.
25315
25316 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25317 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25318 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25319 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25320
25321 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25322 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25323
25324 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25325 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25326 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25327 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25328 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25329 `default-process-coding-system'.
25330
25331 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25332
25333 \(fn)" t nil)
25334
25335 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25336 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25337
25338 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25339 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25340 `*SQL*'.
25341
25342 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25343 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25344 defaults, if set.
25345
25346 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25347 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25348
25349 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25350 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25351 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25352 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25353 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25354 `default-process-coding-system'.
25355
25356 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25357
25358 \(fn)" t nil)
25359
25360 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25361 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25362
25363 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25364 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25365 `*SQL*'.
25366
25367 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25368 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25369
25370 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25371 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25372
25373 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25374 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25375 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25376 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25377 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25378 `default-process-coding-system'.
25379
25380 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25381
25382 \(fn)" t nil)
25383
25384 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25385 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25386
25387 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25388 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25389 `*SQL*'.
25390
25391 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25392 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25393 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25394 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25395
25396 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25397 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25398
25399 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25400 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25401 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25402 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25403 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25404 `default-process-coding-system'.
25405
25406 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25407
25408 \(fn)" t nil)
25409
25410 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25411 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25412
25413 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25414 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25415 `*SQL*'.
25416
25417 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25418 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25419 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25420 `sql-postgres-options'.
25421
25422 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25423 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25424
25425 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25426 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25427 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25428 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25429 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25430 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25431 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25432 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25433
25434 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25435 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25436
25437 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25438
25439 \(fn)" t nil)
25440
25441 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25442 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25443
25444 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25445 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25446 `*SQL*'.
25447
25448 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25449 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25450 defaults, if set.
25451
25452 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25453 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25454
25455 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25456 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25457 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25458 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25459 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25460 `default-process-coding-system'.
25461
25462 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25463
25464 \(fn)" t nil)
25465
25466 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25467 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25468
25469 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25470 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25471 `*SQL*'.
25472
25473 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25474 automatic login.
25475
25476 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25477 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25478
25479 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25480 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25481 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25482 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25483
25484 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25485 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25486 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25487 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25488 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25489 `default-process-coding-system'.
25490
25491 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25492
25493 \(fn)" t nil)
25494
25495 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25496 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25497
25498 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25499 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25500 `*SQL*'.
25501
25502 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25503 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25504 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25505 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25506 parameters.
25507
25508 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25509 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25510 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25511 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25512 an empty password.
25513
25514 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25515 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25516
25517 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25518
25519 \(fn)" t nil)
25520
25521 ;;;***
25522 \f
25523 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25524 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25525 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25526 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25527 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17817
25528 ;;;;;; 13977))
25529 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25530
25531 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25532 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25533 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25534 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25535 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25536 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25537
25538 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25539
25540 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25541
25542 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25543 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25544 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25545 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25546 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25547 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25548 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25549
25550 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25551
25552 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25553 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25554 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25555 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25556 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25557 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25558 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25559
25560 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25561
25562 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25563 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25564 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25565
25566 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25567
25568 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25569 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25570 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25571
25572 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25573
25574 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25575 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25576
25577 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25578
25579 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25580 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25581
25582 \(fn)" t nil)
25583
25584 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25585 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25586
25587 \(fn)" t nil)
25588
25589 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25590 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25591 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25592 chronologically by command name.
25593 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25594
25595 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25596
25597 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25598 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25599 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25600 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25601 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25602 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25603
25604 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25605
25606 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25607 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25608 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25609 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25610 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25611 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25612 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25613
25614 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25615 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25616 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25617 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25618
25619 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25620
25621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25622
25623 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25624 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25625 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25626 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25627
25628 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25629
25630 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25631 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25632
25633 \(fn)" t nil)
25634
25635 ;;;***
25636 \f
25637 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25638 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17279 27079))
25639 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25640
25641 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25642 Studlify-case the region.
25643
25644 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25645
25646 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25647 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25648
25649 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25650
25651 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25652 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25653
25654 \(fn)" t nil)
25655
25656 ;;;***
25657 \f
25658 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17817 15467))
25659 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25660
25661 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25662 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25663 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25664 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25665 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25666 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25667
25668 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25669 is used instead of `load-path'.
25670
25671 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25672 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25673 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25674
25675 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25676
25677 ;;;***
25678 \f
25679 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25680 ;;;;;; (17817 14120))
25681 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25682
25683 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25684 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25685 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25686 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25687 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25688 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25689 original message but it does require a few things:
25690
25691 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25692
25693 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25694 reply buffer.
25695
25696 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25697 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25698 original message.
25699
25700 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25701
25702 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25703
25704 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25705 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25706 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25707
25708 \(fn)" nil nil)
25709
25710 ;;;***
25711 \f
25712 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (17778 50477))
25713 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25714
25715 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25716 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25717 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25720 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25721
25722 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25723
25724 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25725 Toggle t-mouse mode.
25726 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25727
25728 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use t-mouse commands.
25729
25730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25731
25732 ;;;***
25733 \f
25734 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17817 13977))
25735 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25736
25737 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25738 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25739 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25740 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25741 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25742
25743 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25744
25745 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25746 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25747 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25748 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25749 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25750 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25751 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25752
25753 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25754
25755 ;;;***
25756 \f
25757 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25758 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25759 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25760 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25761 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25762 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25763 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25764 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25765 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25766 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25767 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25768 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25769 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17778 50479))
25770 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25771
25772 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25773 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25774 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25775
25776 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25777
25778 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25779 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25780
25781 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25782
25783 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25784 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25785
25786 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25787
25788 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25789 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25790
25791 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25792
25793 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25794 Insert an editable text table.
25795 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
25796 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25797 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25798 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25799 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
25800 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25801 delimiting them.
25802
25803 Examples:
25804
25805 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25806
25807 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25808 location of point.
25809
25810 -!-
25811
25812 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
25813 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
25814 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
25815 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25816 first cell.
25817
25818 +-----+-----+-----+
25819 |-!- | | |
25820 +-----+-----+-----+
25821
25822 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25823
25824 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25825 width, which results as
25826
25827 +--------------+-----+-----+
25828 |-!- | | |
25829 +--------------+-----+-----+
25830
25831 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
25832 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25833
25834 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25835 | | |-!- |
25836 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25837
25838 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25839 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25840 width information to `table-insert'.
25841
25842 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25843
25844 instead of
25845
25846 Cell width(s): 5
25847
25848 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25849 work all together.
25850
25851 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25852 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25853
25854 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25855 |-!- | | |
25856 | | | |
25857 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25858
25859 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25860
25861 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25862 |-!- | | |
25863 | | | |
25864 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25865 | | | |
25866 | | | |
25867 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25868
25869 Move the point under the table as shown below.
25870
25871 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25872 | | | |
25873 | | | |
25874 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25875 | | | |
25876 | | | |
25877 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25878 -!-
25879
25880 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25881 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
25882 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25883
25884 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25885 | | | |
25886 | | | |
25887 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25888 | | | |
25889 | | | |
25890 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25891 |-!- | | |
25892 | | | |
25893 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25894
25895 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25896 results.
25897
25898 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25899 | | | |
25900 | | | |
25901 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25902 | | |Text editing inside the table |
25903 | | |cell produces reasonably |
25904 | | |expected results.-!- |
25905 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25906 | | | |
25907 | | | |
25908 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25909
25910 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25911
25912 \\{table-cell-map}
25913
25914 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25915
25916 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25917 Insert N table row(s).
25918 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25919 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
25920 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25921 are appended at the bottom of the table.
25922
25923 \(fn N)" t nil)
25924
25925 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25926 Insert N table column(s).
25927 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25928 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
25929 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25930 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25931
25932 \(fn N)" t nil)
25933
25934 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25935 Insert row(s) or column(s).
25936 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25937
25938 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25939
25940 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25941 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25942 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
25943 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25944 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25945 all the table specific features.
25946
25947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25948
25949 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25950 Not documented
25951
25952 \(fn)" t nil)
25953
25954 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25955 Recognize all tables within region.
25956 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
25957 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25958 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25959 specific features.
25960
25961 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25962
25963 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25964 Not documented
25965
25966 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25967
25968 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25969 Recognize a table at point.
25970 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25971 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25972 the table specific features.
25973
25974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25975
25976 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25977 Not documented
25978
25979 \(fn)" t nil)
25980
25981 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25982 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25983 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
25984 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25985 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25986 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25987 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25988
25989 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25990
25991 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25992 Not documented
25993
25994 \(fn)" t nil)
25995
25996 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25997 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25998 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25999 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26000 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26001 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26002 specified.
26003
26004 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26005
26006 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
26007 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26008 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26009 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26010 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26011 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26012 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26013 table structure.
26014
26015 \(fn N)" t nil)
26016
26017 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
26018 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26019 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26020 table's rectangle structure.
26021
26022 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26023
26024 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
26025 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26026 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26027 table's rectangle structure.
26028
26029 \(fn N)" t nil)
26030
26031 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
26032 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26033 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26034 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26035 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26036
26037 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26038
26039 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26040 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26041 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26042
26043 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26044 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26045 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26046 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26047 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26048 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26049 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26050
26051 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26052 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26053 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26054 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26055 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26056 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26057 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26058
26059 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26060 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26061 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26062 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26063 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26064 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26065 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26066 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26067
26068 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26069
26070 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
26071 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26072 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26073 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26074
26075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26076
26077 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
26078 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26079 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26080
26081 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26082
26083 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
26084 Split current cell vertically.
26085 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26086
26087 \(fn)" t nil)
26088
26089 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
26090 Split current cell horizontally.
26091 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26092
26093 \(fn)" t nil)
26094
26095 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
26096 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26097 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26098
26099 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26100
26101 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
26102 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26103 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26104 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26105
26106 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26107
26108 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
26109 Justify cell contents.
26110 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26111 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26112 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26113 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26114
26115 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26116
26117 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
26118 Justify cells of a row.
26119 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26120 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26121
26122 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26123
26124 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
26125 Justify cells of a column.
26126 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26127 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26128
26129 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26130
26131 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
26132 Toggle fixing width mode.
26133 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26134 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26135 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26136
26137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26138
26139 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
26140 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26141 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26142 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26143 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26144 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26145 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26146 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26147 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26148 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26149 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26150
26151 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26152
26153 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
26154 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26155 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26156 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26157 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26158 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26159 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26160 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26161 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26162 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26163 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26164 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26165 untouched.
26166
26167 References used for this implementation:
26168
26169 HTML:
26170 http://www.w3.org
26171
26172 LaTeX:
26173 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26174
26175 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26176 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26177 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26178
26179 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26180
26181 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
26182 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26183 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26184 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26185 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26186 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26187 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26188 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26189 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26190 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26191 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26192 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26193 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26194 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26195 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26196 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26197 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26198
26199 Example:
26200
26201 (progn
26202 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26203 (table-forward-cell 15)
26204 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26205 (table-forward-cell 16)
26206 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26207 (table-forward-cell 1)
26208 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26209
26210 (progn
26211 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26212 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26213 (table-forward-cell 1)
26214 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26215
26216 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26217
26218 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26219 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26220 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26221 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26222 consists from cells of same height.
26223
26224 \(fn N)" t nil)
26225
26226 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26227 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26228 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26229 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26230 column must consists from cells of same width.
26231
26232 \(fn N)" t nil)
26233
26234 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26235 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26236 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26237 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26238 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26239 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26240 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26241 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26242 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26243 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26244 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26245 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26246 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26247 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26248 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26249
26250
26251 Example 1:
26252
26253 1, 2, 3, 4
26254 5, 6, 7, 8
26255 , 9, 10
26256
26257 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26258 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26259 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26260 specified as 5.
26261
26262 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26263 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26264 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26265 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26266 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26267 | | 9 | 10 | |
26268 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26269
26270 Note:
26271
26272 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26273 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26274 of each row is optional.
26275
26276
26277 Example 2:
26278
26279 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26280 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26281 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26282 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26283 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26284
26285 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26286 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26287
26288 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26289 expression and raw delimiter regular
26290 expression, it parses the specified text
26291 area and extracts cell items from
26292 non-table text and then forms a table out
26293 of them.
26294
26295 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26296 creates a single cell table. The text in
26297 the specified region is placed in that
26298 cell.-*-
26299
26300 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26301 like this.
26302
26303 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26304 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26305 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26306 | |
26307 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26308 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26309 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26310 | area and extracts cell items from |
26311 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26312 | of them. |
26313 | |
26314 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26315 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26316 | the specified region is placed in that |
26317 | cell. |
26318 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26319
26320 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26321 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26322 independently.
26323
26324 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26325 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26326 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26327 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26328 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26329 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26330 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26331 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26332 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26333 | |of them. |
26334 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26335 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26336 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26337 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26338 | |cell. |
26339 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26340
26341 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26342 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26343 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26344
26345 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26346
26347 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26348 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26349 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26350 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26351 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26352
26353 \(fn)" t nil)
26354
26355 ;;;***
26356 \f
26357 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17817 13977))
26358 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26359
26360 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26361 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26362
26363 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26364
26365 (autoload (quote talk) "talk" "\
26366 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26367
26368 \(fn)" t nil)
26369
26370 ;;;***
26371 \f
26372 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17778 50477))
26373 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26374
26375 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26376 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26377 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26378 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26379 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26380 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26381 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26382
26383 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26384 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26385 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26386 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26387
26388 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26389 \\{tar-mode-map}
26390
26391 \(fn)" t nil)
26392
26393 ;;;***
26394 \f
26395 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26396 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17478 25206))
26397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26398
26399 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26400 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26401 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26402 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26403 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26404 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26405
26406 Variables controlling indentation style:
26407 `tcl-indent-level'
26408 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26409 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26410 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26411
26412 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26413 documentation for details):
26414 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26415 Controls action of TAB key.
26416 `tcl-auto-newline'
26417 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26418 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26419 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26420 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26421 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26422
26423 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26424 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26425 already exist.
26426
26427 Commands:
26428 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26429
26430 \(fn)" t nil)
26431
26432 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26433 Run inferior Tcl process.
26434 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26435 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26436
26437 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26438
26439 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26440 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26441 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26442
26443 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26444
26445 ;;;***
26446 \f
26447 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17817 14122))
26448 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26449 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26450
26451 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26452 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26453 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26454 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26455
26456 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26457 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26458 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26459 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26460 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26461
26462 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26463 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26464
26465 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26466 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26467 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26468 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26469
26470 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26471
26472 ;;;***
26473 \f
26474 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17817
26475 ;;;;;; 13977))
26476 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26477
26478 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26479 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26480 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26481 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26482 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26483 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26484
26485 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26486
26487 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26488 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26489 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26490 commands to use in that buffer.
26491
26492 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26493
26494 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26495
26496 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26497 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26498
26499 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26500
26501 ;;;***
26502 \f
26503 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17817
26504 ;;;;;; 13977))
26505 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26506
26507 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26508 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26509 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26510 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26511 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26512 program as keyboard input.
26513
26514 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26515 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26516 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26517 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26518
26519 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26520 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26521 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26522 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26523 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26524
26525 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26526
26527 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26528 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26529 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26530 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26531
26532 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26533 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26534 subprocess started.
26535
26536 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26537
26538 ;;;***
26539 \f
26540 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26541 ;;;;;; (17390 26938))
26542 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26543
26544 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26545 Start coverage on function under point.
26546
26547 \(fn)" t nil)
26548
26549 ;;;***
26550 \f
26551 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17817 14126))
26552 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26553
26554 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26555 Play the Tetris game.
26556 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26557 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26558 as to form complete rows.
26559
26560 tetris-mode keybindings:
26561 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26562 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26563 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26564 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26565 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26566 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26567 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26568 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26569 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26570
26571 \(fn)" t nil)
26572
26573 ;;;***
26574 \f
26575 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26576 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26577 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26578 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26579 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26580 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26581 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26582 ;;;;;; (17817 14129))
26583 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26584
26585 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26586 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26587
26588 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26589
26590 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26591 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26592 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26593 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26594 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26595
26596 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26597
26598 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26599 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26600 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26601 if it matches the first line of the file,
26602 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26603
26604 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26605
26606 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26607 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26608 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26609 if the variable is non-nil.")
26610
26611 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26612
26613 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26614 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26615
26616 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26617
26618 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26619 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26620 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26621 See the documentation of that variable.")
26622
26623 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26624
26625 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26626 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26627 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26628 See the documentation of that variable.")
26629
26630 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26631
26632 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26633 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26634 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26635 See the documentation of that variable.")
26636
26637 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26638
26639 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26640 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26641 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26642 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26643 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26644
26645 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26646
26647 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26648 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26649 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26650 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26651
26652 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26653
26654 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26655 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26656 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26657
26658 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26659
26660 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26661 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26662 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26663 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26664
26665 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26666
26667 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26668 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26669 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26670 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26671
26672 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26673
26674 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26675 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26676 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26677 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26678
26679 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26680 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26681 for example,
26682
26683 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26684 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26685
26686 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26687 use.")
26688
26689 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26690
26691 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26692 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26693 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26694 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26695 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26696
26697 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26698
26699 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26700
26701 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26702 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26703 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26704
26705 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26706
26707 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26708 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26709 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26710 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26711 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26712
26713 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26714
26715 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26716 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26717
26718 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26719
26720 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26721 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26722
26723 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26724
26725 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26726 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26727 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26728 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26729 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26730 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26731 says which mode to use.
26732
26733 \(fn)" t nil)
26734
26735 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26736
26737 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26738
26739 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26740
26741 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26742 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26743 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26744 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26745 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26746
26747 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26748 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26749 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26750 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26751 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26752 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26753 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26754
26755 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26756 mismatched $'s or braces.
26757
26758 Special commands:
26759 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26760
26761 Mode variables:
26762 tex-run-command
26763 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26764 tex-directory
26765 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26766 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26767 tex-dvi-print-command
26768 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26769 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26770 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26771 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26772 tex-dvi-view-command
26773 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26774 tex-show-queue-command
26775 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26776 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26777
26778 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26779 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
26780 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26781
26782 \(fn)" t nil)
26783
26784 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26785 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26786 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26787 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26788 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26789
26790 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26791 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26792 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26793 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26794 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26795 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26796 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26797
26798 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26799 mismatched $'s or braces.
26800
26801 Special commands:
26802 \\{latex-mode-map}
26803
26804 Mode variables:
26805 latex-run-command
26806 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26807 tex-directory
26808 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26809 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26810 tex-dvi-print-command
26811 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26812 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26813 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26814 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26815 tex-dvi-view-command
26816 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26817 tex-show-queue-command
26818 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26819 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26820
26821 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26822 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
26823 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26824
26825 \(fn)" t nil)
26826
26827 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26828 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26829 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26830 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26831 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26832
26833 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26834 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26835 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26836 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26837 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26838 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26839 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26840
26841 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26842 mismatched $'s or braces.
26843
26844 Special commands:
26845 \\{slitex-mode-map}
26846
26847 Mode variables:
26848 slitex-run-command
26849 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26850 tex-directory
26851 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26852 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26853 tex-dvi-print-command
26854 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26855 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26856 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26857 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26858 tex-dvi-view-command
26859 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26860 tex-show-queue-command
26861 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26862 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26863
26864 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26865 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26866 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26867 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26868
26869 \(fn)" t nil)
26870
26871 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26872 Not documented
26873
26874 \(fn)" nil nil)
26875
26876 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26877 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26878
26879 \(fn)" t nil)
26880
26881 ;;;***
26882 \f
26883 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26884 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17778 50479))
26885 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26886
26887 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26888 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26889 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26890 name specified in the @setfilename command.
26891
26892 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26893 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
26894 Info-split to do these manually.
26895
26896 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26897
26898 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26899 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26900 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26901 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
26902 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26903
26904 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26905
26906 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26907 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26908 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26909 names specified in the @setfilename command.
26910
26911 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26912 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26913 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
26914 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26915
26916 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26917 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26918
26919 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26920
26921 ;;;***
26922 \f
26923 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26924 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17390 26946))
26925 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26926
26927 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26928 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26929
26930 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
26931
26932 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26933 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26934
26935 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
26936
26937 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26938 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26939
26940 It has these extra commands:
26941 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
26942
26943 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26944 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26945 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
26946 modified version of TeX input format.
26947
26948 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26949 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
26950 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26951 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26952
26953 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26954 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26955 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26956 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26957 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26958 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26959 in the Texinfo file.
26960
26961 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26962 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
26963 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
26964 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26965 move forward past the closing brace.
26966
26967 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26968 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
26969
26970 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26971 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26972 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26973
26974 Here are the functions:
26975
26976 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
26977 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26978 texinfo-sequential-node-update
26979
26980 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26981 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26982 texinfo-master-menu
26983
26984 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26985
26986 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26987 which menu descriptions are indented.
26988
26989 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26990 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26991 in the region.
26992
26993 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26994 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26995 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26996 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
26997
26998 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26999 be the first node in the file.
27000
27001 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27002 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27003
27004 \(fn)" t nil)
27005
27006 ;;;***
27007 \f
27008 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
27009 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
27010 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27011 ;;;;;; (17817 15478))
27012 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27013
27014 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
27015 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27016 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27017 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27018
27019 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27020
27021 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
27022 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27023
27024 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27025
27026 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
27027 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27028
27029 \(fn)" t nil)
27030
27031 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
27032 Not documented
27033
27034 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27035
27036 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
27037 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
27038 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
27039 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
27040 to compose.
27041
27042 The return value is number of composed characters.
27043
27044 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27045
27046 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
27047 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
27048
27049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27050
27051 ;;;***
27052 \f
27053 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27054 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27055 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17817 13977))
27056 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27057
27058 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
27059 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27060
27061 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27062
27063 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27064 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27065 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27066 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27067 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27068
27069 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27070 a symbol as a valid THING.
27071
27072 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27073 of the textual entity that was found.
27074
27075 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27076
27077 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27078 Return the THING at point.
27079 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27080 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27081 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27082
27083 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27084 a symbol as a valid THING.
27085
27086 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27087
27088 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27089 Not documented
27090
27091 \(fn)" nil nil)
27092
27093 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27094 Not documented
27095
27096 \(fn)" nil nil)
27097
27098 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27099 Not documented
27100
27101 \(fn)" nil nil)
27102
27103 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27104 Not documented
27105
27106 \(fn)" nil nil)
27107
27108 ;;;***
27109 \f
27110 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27111 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27112 ;;;;;; (17591 9719))
27113 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27114
27115 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
27116 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27117
27118 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27119
27120 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
27121 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27122 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27123 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27124
27125 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27126
27127 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
27128 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27129
27130 \(fn)" t nil)
27131
27132 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
27133 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27134
27135 \(fn)" t nil)
27136
27137 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
27138
27139 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
27140 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27141
27142 \(fn)" t nil)
27143
27144 ;;;***
27145 \f
27146 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27147 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27148 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27149 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27150 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27151 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17817 15478))
27152 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27153
27154 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
27155 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27156 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27157
27158 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27159
27160 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
27161 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27162
27163 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27164
27165 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
27166 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27167 The returned string has no composition information.
27168
27169 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27170
27171 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27172 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27173
27174 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27175
27176 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27177 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27178
27179 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27180
27181 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27182 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27183 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27184 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27185
27186 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27187
27188 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27189 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27190 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27191 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27192
27193 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27194
27195 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
27196 Not documented
27197
27198 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27199
27200 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27201 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27202 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27203
27204 \(fn)" t nil)
27205
27206 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27207 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27208 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27209
27210 \(fn)" t nil)
27211
27212 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27213 Not documented
27214
27215 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27216
27217 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27218 Not documented
27219
27220 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27221
27222 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27223 Not documented
27224
27225 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27226
27227 ;;;***
27228 \f
27229 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27230 ;;;;;; (17817 14129))
27231 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27232
27233 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27234 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27235 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27236 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27237 parameters.
27238 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27239
27240 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27241
27242 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27243 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27244 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27245 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27246 parameters.
27247 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27248
27249 \(fn)" t nil)
27250
27251 ;;;***
27252 \f
27253 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27254 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17713 5993))
27255 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27256
27257 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27258 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27259
27260 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27261
27262 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27263 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27264 This display updates automatically every minute.
27265 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27266 are displayed as well.
27267 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27268
27269 \(fn)" t nil)
27270
27271 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27272 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27273 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27274 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27275 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27276 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27277
27278 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27279
27280 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27281 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27282 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27283
27284 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27285 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27286 are displayed as well.
27287 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27288
27289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27290
27291 ;;;***
27292 \f
27293 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27294 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27295 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27296 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17390
27297 ;;;;;; 27324))
27298 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27299
27300 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27301 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27302
27303 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27304
27305 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27306 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27307 You can use `float-time' instead.
27308
27309 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27310
27311 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27312 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27313
27314 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27315
27316 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27317 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27318
27319 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27320
27321 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27322 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27323
27324 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27325
27326 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27327 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27328 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27329
27330 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27331
27332 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27333
27334 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27335 Subtract two time values.
27336 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27337
27338 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27339
27340 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27341 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27342
27343 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27344
27345 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27346 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27347 DATE should be a date-time string.
27348
27349 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27350
27351 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27352 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27353 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27354
27355 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27356
27357 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27358 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27359
27360 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27361
27362 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27363 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27364
27365 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27366
27367 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27368 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27369 TIME should be a time value.
27370 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27371
27372 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27373
27374 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27375 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27376 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27377
27378 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27379
27380 ;;;***
27381 \f
27382 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27383 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17778 50479))
27384 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27385 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27386 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27387 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27388 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27389 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27390 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27391 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27392
27393 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27394 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27395 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27396 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27397 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27398 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27399 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27400 look like one of the following:
27401 Time-stamp: <>
27402 Time-stamp: \" \"
27403 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27404 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27405 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27406 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27407 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27408 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27409 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27410 the template.
27411
27412 \(fn)" t nil)
27413
27414 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27415 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27416 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27417
27418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27419
27420 ;;;***
27421 \f
27422 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27423 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27424 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27425 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27426 ;;;;;; (17713 4915))
27427 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27428
27429 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27430 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27431 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27432 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27433 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27434 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27435 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27436 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27437 display (non-nil means on).
27438
27439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27440
27441 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27442 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27443 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27444 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27445 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27446 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27447 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27448 this function is called within a day.
27449
27450 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27451 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27452 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27453 discover the name of the project.
27454
27455 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27456
27457 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27458 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27459 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27460 begun during the last time segment.
27461
27462 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27463 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27464 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27465 discover the reason.
27466
27467 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27468
27469 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27470 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27471 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27472 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27473 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27474
27475 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27476
27477 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27478 Change to working on a different project.
27479 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27480 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27481 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27482 working on.
27483
27484 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27485
27486 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27487 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27488 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27489
27490 \(fn)" nil nil)
27491
27492 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27493 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27494 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27495
27496 \(fn)" t nil)
27497
27498 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27499 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27500 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27501 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27502 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27503 \"relative to today\".
27504
27505 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27506
27507 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27508 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27509 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27510 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27511
27512 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27513
27514 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27515 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27516 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27517 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27518 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27519 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27520
27521 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27522
27523 ;;;***
27524 \f
27525 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27526 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27527 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17817 13982))
27528 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27529
27530 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27531
27532 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27533 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27534
27535 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27536
27537 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27538 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27539 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27540 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27541
27542 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27543
27544 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27545 Perform an action at time TIME.
27546 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27547 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
27548 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
27549 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
27550 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
27551 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27552
27553 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27554
27555 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27556
27557 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27558 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27559 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27560 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27561 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27562
27563 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27564
27565 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27566
27567 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27568 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27569 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27570 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27571
27572 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27573
27574 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27575 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27576 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27577 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27578 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27579 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27580 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27581
27582 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27583 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27584
27585 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27586
27587 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27588 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27589
27590 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27591 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27592 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27593 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27594 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27595 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27596 be detected.
27597
27598 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27599
27600 ;;;***
27601 \f
27602 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27603 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17817 15478))
27604 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27605
27606 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27607 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27608 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27609 the generated Quail package is saved.
27610
27611 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27612
27613 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27614 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27615 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27616 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27617 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27618 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27619 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27620
27621 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27622
27623 ;;;***
27624 \f
27625 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27626 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17817
27627 ;;;;;; 14146))
27628 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27629
27630 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27631 Not documented
27632
27633 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27634
27635 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27636 Not documented
27637
27638 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27639
27640 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27641 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27642 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27643 PATTERN regexp.
27644
27645 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27646
27647 ;;;***
27648 \f
27649 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27650 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17778 50479))
27651 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27652 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27653 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27654
27655 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27656 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27657 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27658 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27659 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27660
27661 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27662
27663 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27664 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27665 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27666 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27667 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27668
27669 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27670
27671 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27672 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27673 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27674 in the menu in two ways:
27675 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27676 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27677 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27678
27679 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27680 keymap or an alist of alists.
27681 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27682 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27683
27684 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27685
27686 ;;;***
27687 \f
27688 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27689 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27690 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17390 27324))
27691 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27692
27693 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27694 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27695
27696 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27697
27698 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27699 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27700
27701 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27702
27703 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27704 Insert new TODO list entry.
27705 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27706 category.
27707
27708 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27709
27710 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27711 List top priorities for each category.
27712
27713 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27714 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27715
27716 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27717 between each category.
27718
27719 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27720
27721 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27722 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27723 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27724 between each category.
27725
27726 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27727
27728 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27729
27730 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27731 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27732
27733 \\{todo-mode-map}
27734
27735 \(fn)" t nil)
27736
27737 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27738 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27739
27740 \(fn)" nil nil)
27741
27742 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27743 Show TODO list.
27744
27745 \(fn)" t nil)
27746
27747 ;;;***
27748 \f
27749 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27750 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27751 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (17496 38966))
27752 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27753
27754 (autoload (quote toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame) "tool-bar" "\
27755 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27756 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27757
27758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27759
27760 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27761
27762 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27763 Add an item to the tool bar.
27764 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27765 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27766 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27767 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27768
27769 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27770 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27771 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27772 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27773
27774 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27775 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27776
27777 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27778
27779 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27780 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27781 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27782 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27783 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27784 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27785
27786 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27787 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27788 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27789 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27790
27791 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27792
27793 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27794 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27795 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27796 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27797 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27798 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27799 properties to add to the binding.
27800
27801 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27802
27803 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27804 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27805
27806 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27807
27808 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27809 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27810 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27811 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27812 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
27813 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
27814 properties to add to the binding.
27815
27816 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27817 holds a keymap.
27818
27819 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27820
27821 ;;;***
27822 \f
27823 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27824 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
27825 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27826
27827 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27828 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27829 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
27830 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27831 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27832 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27833
27834 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27835
27836 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27837 TPU/edt emulation.
27838
27839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27840
27841 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27842
27843 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27844 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27845
27846 \(fn)" t nil)
27847
27848 ;;;***
27849 \f
27850 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27851 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17817 13982))
27852 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27853
27854 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27855 Set scroll margins.
27856
27857 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27858
27859 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27860 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27861
27862 \(fn)" t nil)
27863
27864 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27865 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27866
27867 \(fn)" t nil)
27868
27869 ;;;***
27870 \f
27871 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17817 13982))
27872 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27873
27874 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27875 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27876 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27877 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27878 to a tcp server on another machine.
27879
27880 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27881
27882 ;;;***
27883 \f
27884 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27885 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17817 13982))
27886 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27887
27888 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27889 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27890
27891 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27892
27893 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27894 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27895 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27896 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
27897 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27898 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27899 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27900 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27901
27902 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27903
27904 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27905 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27906 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27907 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27908 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27909 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27910 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27911 the window or buffer configuration.
27912
27913 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27914
27915 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27916
27917 ;;;***
27918 \f
27919 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27920 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27921 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27922 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17817 16949))
27923 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27924
27925 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27926 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27927 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27928
27929 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27930 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27931 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27932 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27933
27934 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27935 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27936 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27937 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27938
27939 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27940 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27941 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27942 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27943 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
27944 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27945 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27946 files which are not really tramp files.
27947
27948 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27949 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27950 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27951 updated after changing this variable.
27952
27953 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27954
27955 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27956
27957 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27958 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27959 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27960 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27961
27962 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27963 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27964 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27965 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27966
27967 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27968 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27969 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27970
27971 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27972 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
27973 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27974 updated after changing this variable.
27975
27976 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27977
27978 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27979
27980 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27981 Alist of completion handler functions.
27982 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27983 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27984 normal Emacs functions.")
27985
27986 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27987 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27988 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27989 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27990
27991 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27992 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27993 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27994 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27995
27996 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27997 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27998 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27999
28000 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28001
28002 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28003 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
28004 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28005
28006 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28007 Add tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28008 (add-hook
28009 'after-init-hook
28010 '(lambda () (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)))
28011
28012 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
28013 Not documented
28014
28015 \(fn)" nil nil)
28016
28017 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
28018 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
28019
28020 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28021
28022 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
28023 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
28024
28025 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28026
28027 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
28028 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28029
28030 \(fn)" t nil)
28031
28032 ;;;***
28033 \f
28034 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28035 ;;;;;; (17374 21429))
28036 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28037
28038 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
28039 Not documented
28040
28041 \(fn)" nil nil)
28042
28043 ;;;***
28044 \f
28045 ;;;### (autoloads (tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags tumme-mark-tagged-files
28046 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-comment-files tumme-dired-display-image tumme-dired-display-external
28047 ;;;;;; tumme-display-thumb tumme-display-thumbs-append tumme-setup-dired-keybindings
28048 ;;;;;; tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer tumme-delete-tag tumme-tag-files
28049 ;;;;;; tumme-show-all-from-dir tumme-display-thumbs tumme-dired-with-window-configuration
28050 ;;;;;; tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "tumme.el" (17713
28051 ;;;;;; 5410))
28052 ;;; Generated autoloads from tumme.el
28053
28054 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "tumme" "\
28055 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
28056
28057 \(fn)" t nil)
28058
28059 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-with-window-configuration) "tumme" "\
28060 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
28061
28062 Convenience command that:
28063
28064 - Opens dired in folder DIR
28065 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
28066 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
28067
28068 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
28069 image files in dired and type
28070 \\[tumme-display-thumbs] (`tumme-display-thumbs').
28071
28072 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
28073
28074 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
28075 calling `tumme-restore-window-configuration'.
28076
28077 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
28078
28079 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs) "tumme" "\
28080 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
28081 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
28082 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
28083 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
28084 another one).
28085
28086 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
28087 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
28088 `tumme-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
28089
28090 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
28091 instead of erasing it first.
28092
28093 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
28094 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
28095 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
28096 `tumme-next-line-and-display' and
28097 `tumme-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
28098 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
28099
28100 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
28101
28102 (autoload (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir) "tumme" "\
28103 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
28104 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
28105 exceeds `tumme-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
28106 displayed.
28107
28108 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
28109
28110 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote tumme-show-all-from-dir))
28111
28112 (autoload (quote tumme-tag-files) "tumme" "\
28113 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
28114
28115 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28116
28117 (autoload (quote tumme-delete-tag) "tumme" "\
28118 Remove tag for selected file(s).
28119 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
28120
28121 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28122
28123 (autoload (quote tumme-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "tumme" "\
28124 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
28125
28126 \(fn)" t nil)
28127
28128 (autoload (quote tumme-setup-dired-keybindings) "tumme" "\
28129 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
28130 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
28131 `tumme-dired-x-line'.
28132
28133 \(fn)" t nil)
28134
28135 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumbs-append) "tumme" "\
28136 Append thumbnails to `tumme-thumbnail-buffer'.
28137
28138 \(fn)" t nil)
28139
28140 (autoload (quote tumme-display-thumb) "tumme" "\
28141 Shorthard for `tumme-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
28142
28143 \(fn)" t nil)
28144
28145 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-external) "tumme" "\
28146 Display file at point using an external viewer.
28147
28148 \(fn)" t nil)
28149
28150 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-display-image) "tumme" "\
28151 Display current image file.
28152 See documentation for `tumme-display-image' for more information.
28153 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
28154
28155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28156
28157 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-comment-files) "tumme" "\
28158 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
28159
28160 \(fn)" t nil)
28161
28162 (autoload (quote tumme-mark-tagged-files) "tumme" "\
28163 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
28164 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
28165 image file and stored in tumme's database file. This command
28166 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
28167 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
28168 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
28169
28170 \(fn)" t nil)
28171
28172 (autoload (quote tumme-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "tumme" "\
28173 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
28174 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
28175 easy-to-use form.
28176
28177 \(fn)" t nil)
28178
28179 ;;;***
28180 \f
28181 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (17817
28182 ;;;;;; 16152))
28183 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28184
28185 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
28186 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28187 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28188 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28189 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28190 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28191 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28192 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28193
28194 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28195 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28196 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28197
28198 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28199 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28200 resumed later.
28201
28202 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28203
28204 ;;;***
28205 \f
28206 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28207 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17817 14129))
28208 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28209 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28210 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28211 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28212
28213 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
28214 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28215 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28216 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28217 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28218 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28219 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28220
28221 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28222
28223 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
28224 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28225 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28226 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28227
28228 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28229
28230 \(fn)" t nil)
28231
28232 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
28233 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28234 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28235 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28236 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28237 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28238 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28239
28240 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28241 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28242
28243 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28244 \\___/\\
28245 / \\
28246 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28247
28248 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28249
28250 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28251
28252 ;;;***
28253 \f
28254 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28255 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28256 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28257 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28258 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
28259 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28260
28261 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28262 Toggle typing break mode.
28263 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28264 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28265 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28266
28267 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
28268
28269 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28270 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28271
28272 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28273
28274 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28275 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28276
28277 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28278 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28279 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28280
28281 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28282 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28283
28284 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
28285
28286 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28287 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28288
28289 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28290 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28291 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28292 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28293
28294 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28295
28296 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28297 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28298 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28299
28300 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28301 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28302 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28303 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28304 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28305 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28306
28307 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28308 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28309 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28310 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28311
28312 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28313 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28314
28315 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28316 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28317
28318 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28319
28320 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28321 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28322 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28323
28324 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28325 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28326 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28327 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28328 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28329 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28330 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28331
28332 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28333 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28334
28335 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28336 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28337 reset the keystroke counter.
28338
28339 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28340 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28341 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28342 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28343
28344 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28345 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28346 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28347 `type-break-schedule' command.
28348
28349 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28350 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28351 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28352 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28353 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28354 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28355 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28356 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28357 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28358
28359 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28360 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28361 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28362 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28363 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28364
28365 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28366 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28367 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28368 approximate good values for this.
28369
28370 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28371 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28372
28373 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28374 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28375 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28376 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28377 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28378 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28379
28380 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28381 a typing break occur. They include:
28382
28383 `type-break-query-mode'
28384 `type-break-query-function'
28385 `type-break-query-interval'
28386
28387 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28388
28389 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28390 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28391 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28392 problems.
28393
28394 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28395
28396 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28397 Take a typing break.
28398
28399 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28400 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28401
28402 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28403 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28404
28405 \(fn)" t nil)
28406
28407 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28408 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28409 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28410 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28411
28412 \(fn)" t nil)
28413
28414 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28415 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28416
28417 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28418 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28419 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28420 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28421 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28422 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28423 average typing speed.)
28424
28425 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28426 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28427 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28428 the computed maximum threshold.
28429
28430 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28431 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28432 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28433 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28434 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28435
28436 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28437
28438 ;;;***
28439 \f
28440 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28441 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17817 14129))
28442 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28443
28444 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28445 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28446 Works by overstriking underscores.
28447 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28448 which specify the range to operate on.
28449
28450 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28451
28452 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28453 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28454 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28455 which specify the range to operate on.
28456
28457 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28458
28459 ;;;***
28460 \f
28461 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28462 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17817 14120))
28463 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28464
28465 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28466 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28467 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28468
28469 \(fn)" t nil)
28470
28471 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28472 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28473 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28474 following the containing message.
28475
28476 \(fn)" t nil)
28477
28478 ;;;***
28479 \f
28480 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28481 ;;;;;; (17817 14120))
28482 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28483
28484 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28485 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28486 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28487 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28488 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28489 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28490
28491 \(fn)" nil nil)
28492
28493 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28494 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28495
28496 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28497
28498 ;;;***
28499 \f
28500 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17405
28501 ;;;;;; 10313))
28502 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28503
28504 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28505 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28506 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28507 of symbols with local bindings.
28508
28509 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28510
28511 ;;;***
28512 \f
28513 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28514 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17817 13984))
28515 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28516
28517 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28518 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28519 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28520
28521 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28522 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28523 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28524 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28525 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28526 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28527
28528 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28529 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28530 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28531
28532 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28533 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28534 the callback is not called).
28535
28536 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28537 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28538 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28539 take effect.
28540
28541 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28542
28543 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28544 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28545 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28546 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28547 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28548
28549 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28550
28551 ;;;***
28552 \f
28553 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28554 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17383 38807))
28555 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28556
28557 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28558 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28559 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28560
28561 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28562 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28563 `url-generic-parse-url'
28564 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28565 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28566 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28567 realm
28568 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28569 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28570 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28571 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28572 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28573 what type of auth to use
28574 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28575 if one cannot be found in the cache
28576
28577 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28578
28579 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28580 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28581
28582 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28583 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28584 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28585 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28586 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28587 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28588 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28589 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28590
28591 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28592
28593 ;;;***
28594 \f
28595 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28596 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17337
28597 ;;;;;; 56256))
28598 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28599
28600 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28601 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28602
28603 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28604
28605 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28606 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28607
28608 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28609
28610 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28611 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28612
28613 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28614
28615 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28616 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28617
28618 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28619
28620 ;;;***
28621 \f
28622 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17383 38807))
28623 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28624
28625 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28626 Not documented
28627
28628 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28629
28630 ;;;***
28631 \f
28632 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28633 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17713 5993))
28634 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28635
28636 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28637 Not documented
28638
28639 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28640
28641 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28642 Not documented
28643
28644 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28645
28646 ;;;***
28647 \f
28648 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17383
28649 ;;;;;; 38807))
28650 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28651
28652 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28653 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28654
28655 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28656
28657 ;;;***
28658 \f
28659 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28660 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17817 14148))
28661 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28662
28663 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28664 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28665
28666 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28667
28668 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28669 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28670 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28671 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28672 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28673
28674 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28675
28676 ;;;***
28677 \f
28678 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28679 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17713
28680 ;;;;;; 5734))
28681 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28682
28683 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28684 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28685 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28686 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28687 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28688 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28689
28690 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28691
28692 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28693 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28694
28695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28696
28697 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28698 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28699 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28700 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28701 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28702 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28703 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28704 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28705 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28706
28707 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28708
28709 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28710 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28711 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28712 accessible.
28713
28714 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28715
28716 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28717 Not documented
28718
28719 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28720
28721 ;;;***
28722 \f
28723 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28724 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17817 13984))
28725 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28726
28727 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28728 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28729 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28730 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28731 CBARGS as the arguments.
28732
28733 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28734
28735 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28736 Not documented
28737
28738 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28739
28740 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28741
28742 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28743 Not documented
28744
28745 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28746
28747 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28748 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28749 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28750
28751 Property list members:
28752
28753 methods
28754 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28755 supports.
28756
28757 dav
28758 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28759 supported.
28760
28761 dasl
28762 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28763
28764 ranges
28765 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28766
28767 p3p
28768 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28769 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28770 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28771 Emacs/W3.
28772
28773 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28774
28775 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28776 Default HTTPS port.")
28777
28778 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28779 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28780
28781 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28782 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28783 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28784 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28785 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28786
28787 ;;;***
28788 \f
28789 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17591 9873))
28790 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28791
28792 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28793 Not documented
28794
28795 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28796
28797 ;;;***
28798 \f
28799 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17383
28800 ;;;;;; 38807))
28801 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28802
28803 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28804 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28805 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28806 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28807 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28808
28809 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28810
28811 ;;;***
28812 \f
28813 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28814 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
28815 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28816
28817 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28818 Not documented
28819
28820 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28821
28822 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28823 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28824
28825 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28826
28827 ;;;***
28828 \f
28829 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28830 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17383 38807))
28831 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28832
28833 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28834 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28835
28836 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28837
28838 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28839 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28840
28841 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28842
28843 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28844 Not documented
28845
28846 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28847
28848 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28849
28850 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28851
28852 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28853
28854 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28855 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28856
28857 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28858
28859 ;;;***
28860 \f
28861 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28862 ;;;;;; (17374 21266))
28863 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28864
28865 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28866 Not documented
28867
28868 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28869
28870 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28871 Not documented
28872
28873 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28874
28875 ;;;***
28876 \f
28877 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28878 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28879 ;;;;;; (17383 38807))
28880 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28881
28882 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28883 Not documented
28884
28885 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28886
28887 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28888 Not documented
28889
28890 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28891
28892 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28893 Not documented
28894
28895 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28896
28897 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28898 Not documented
28899
28900 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28901
28902 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28903 Not documented
28904
28905 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28906
28907 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28908 Not documented
28909
28910 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28911
28912 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28913 Not documented
28914
28915 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28916
28917 ;;;***
28918 \f
28919 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28920 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17778 50479))
28921 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28922
28923 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28924 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28925
28926 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28927
28928 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28929 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28930 Format is:
28931 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28932
28933 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28934
28935 ;;;***
28936 \f
28937 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28938 ;;;;;; (17350 14840))
28939 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28940
28941 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28942 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28943
28944 \(fn)" t nil)
28945
28946 ;;;***
28947 \f
28948 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28949 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28950 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28951 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28952 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28953 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28954 ;;;;;; (17778 50479))
28955 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28956
28957 (defvar url-debug nil "\
28958 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28959 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28960
28961 If t, all messages will be logged.
28962 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28963 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28964
28965 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28966
28967 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28968 Not documented
28969
28970 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28971
28972 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28973 Not documented
28974
28975 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28976
28977 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28978 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28979 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28980 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
28981 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
28982 & ==> &amp;
28983 < ==> &lt;
28984 > ==> &gt;
28985 \" ==> &quot;
28986
28987 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28988
28989 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28990 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28991 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28992
28993 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28994
28995 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28996 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28997 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28998
28999 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29000
29001 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
29002 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29003
29004 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29005
29006 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
29007 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29008
29009 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29010
29011 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
29012 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29013
29014 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29015
29016 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
29017 Not documented
29018
29019 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29020
29021 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
29022 Not documented
29023
29024 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29025
29026 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
29027 Not documented
29028
29029 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29030
29031 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
29032 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
29033
29034 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
29035
29036 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
29037 Not documented
29038
29039 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29040
29041 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
29042 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29043 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29044 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29045 forbidden in URL encoding.
29046
29047 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29048
29049 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
29050 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29051 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29052 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29053 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29054 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29055
29056 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29057
29058 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
29059 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29060 If optional variable X is t,
29061 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29062
29063 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29064
29065 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
29066 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29067 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29068
29069 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29070
29071 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
29072 View the current document's URL.
29073 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29074 the minibuffer.
29075
29076 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29077
29078 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29079
29080 ;;;***
29081 \f
29082 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29083 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17817 13977))
29084 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29085
29086 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
29087 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29088 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29089 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29090 to refrain from editing the file
29091 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29092 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29093 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29094 in any way you like.
29095
29096 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29097
29098 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
29099 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29100 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29101 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29102 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29103
29104 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29105 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29106
29107 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29108
29109 ;;;***
29110 \f
29111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17817 14143))
29112 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29113 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
29114
29115 ;;;***
29116 \f
29117 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29118 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
29119 ;;;;;; (17549 5046))
29120 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
29121
29122 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
29123 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29124 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29125 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29126
29127 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29128
29129 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
29130 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29131 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29132
29133 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29134
29135 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
29136 Uudecode region between START and END.
29137 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29138
29139 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29140
29141 ;;;***
29142 \f
29143 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29144 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
29145 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29146 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
29147 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
29148 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
29149 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17778 49122))
29150 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29151
29152 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29153 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29154 See `run-hooks'.")
29155
29156 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
29157
29158 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29159 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
29160 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29161
29162 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29163
29164 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29165 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
29166 See `run-hooks'.")
29167
29168 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29169
29170 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
29171 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29172
29173 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29174
29175 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
29176 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29177
29178 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29179
29180 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
29181 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29182 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29183 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29184 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
29185 somebody else, signal error.
29186
29187 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29188
29189 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
29190 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29191 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29192 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29193 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29194
29195 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29196
29197 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
29198 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29199 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29200 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29201 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29202 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29203 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29204 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29205 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
29206 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
29207 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29208 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29209
29210 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29211
29212 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
29213 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
29214
29215 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
29216 it will operate on the file in the current line.
29217
29218 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
29219 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
29220 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
29221 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
29222 lock steals will raise an error.
29223
29224 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
29225
29226 For RCS and SCCS files:
29227 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29228 control.
29229 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29230 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
29231 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29232 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
29233 it performs a revert.
29234 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29235 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29236 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29237 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29238 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
29239 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
29240 the option to steal the lock.
29241
29242 For CVS files:
29243 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29244 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29245 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29246 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29247 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29248 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29249 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29250 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29251 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29252
29253 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29254
29255 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29256 Register the current file into a version control system.
29257 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29258 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29259
29260 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29261 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29262 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29263 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29264 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29265 first backend that could register the file is used.
29266
29267 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29268
29269 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29270 Display diffs between file versions.
29271 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29272 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29273 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29274 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29275 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29276 saving the buffer.
29277
29278 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29279
29280 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29281 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29282 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29283 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29284
29285 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29286
29287 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29288 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29289 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29290 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29291
29292 \(fn)" t nil)
29293
29294 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29295 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29296 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29297 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29298 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29299 from the current branch.
29300
29301 See Info node `Merging'.
29302
29303 \(fn)" t nil)
29304
29305 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29306
29307 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29308 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29309
29310 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29311
29312 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29313 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29314
29315 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29316
29317 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29318 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29319 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29320 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29321 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29322 are checked out in that new branch.
29323
29324 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29325
29326 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29327 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29328 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29329 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29330 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29331 allowed and simply skipped).
29332
29333 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29334
29335 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29336 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29337 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29338
29339 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29340
29341 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29342 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29343 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29344 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29345 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29346
29347 \(fn)" t nil)
29348
29349 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29350 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29351 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29352 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29353 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29354 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29355
29356 \(fn)" t nil)
29357
29358 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29359 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29360 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29361
29362 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29363
29364 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29365 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29366 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29367 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29368 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29369 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29370 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29371
29372 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29373
29374 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29375 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29376 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29377 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29378 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29379 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29380 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29381 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29382 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29383
29384 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29385
29386 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29387 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29388
29389 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29390
29391 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29392 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29393 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29394 directory.
29395
29396 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29397
29398 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29399 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29400 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29401
29402 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29403 log entries should be gathered.
29404
29405 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29406
29407 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29408 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29409
29410 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29411 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29412 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29413 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29414 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29415 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29416
29417 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29418 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29419 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29420 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29421 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29422 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29423 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29424 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29425
29426 Customization variables:
29427
29428 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29429 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29430 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29431 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29432
29433 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29434
29435 ;;;***
29436 \f
29437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17817 16875))
29438 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29439 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29440 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29441 (progn
29442 (load "vc-arch")
29443 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29444
29445 ;;;***
29446 \f
29447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17390 26948))
29448 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29449 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29450 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29451 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29452 (load "vc-cvs")
29453 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29454
29455 ;;;***
29456 \f
29457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17390 26948))
29458 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29459 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29460 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29461 (progn
29462 (load "vc-mcvs")
29463 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29464
29465 ;;;***
29466 \f
29467 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29468 ;;;;;; (17390 26948))
29469 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29470
29471 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29472 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29473 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29474
29475 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
29476 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29477
29478 ;;;***
29479 \f
29480 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29481 ;;;;;; (17390 26948))
29482 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29483
29484 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29485 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29486 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29487
29488 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
29489 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29490
29491 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29492 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29493 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29494 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29495
29496 ;;;***
29497 \f
29498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17778 50479))
29499 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29500 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29501 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29502 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29503 "_svn")
29504 (t ".svn"))))
29505 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29506 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29507 (file-name-directory f)))
29508 (load "vc-svn")
29509 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29510
29511 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29512
29513 ;;;***
29514 \f
29515 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29516 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
29517 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29518
29519 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29520 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29521
29522 Usage:
29523 ------
29524
29525 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29526 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29527 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29528 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29529 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29530 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29531 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29532 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29533 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29534
29535 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29536 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29537 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29538 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29539
29540 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29541 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29542 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29543 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29544 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29545
29546 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29547 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29548
29549
29550 HEADER INSERTION:
29551 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29552 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29553 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29554
29555
29556 STUTTERING:
29557 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29558 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29559 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29560 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29561
29562 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29563 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29564 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29565 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29566 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29567
29568
29569 WORD COMPLETION:
29570 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29571 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29572 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29573 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29574
29575 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29576 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29577 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29578 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29579 beginning with \"std\").
29580
29581 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29582 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29583 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29584 stop.
29585
29586
29587 COMMENTS:
29588 `--' puts a single comment.
29589 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29590 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29591 with a comment in between.
29592 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29593 out following lines.
29594 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29595 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29596
29597 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29598 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29599 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29600 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29601 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29602 non-nil.
29603
29604 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29605 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29606 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29607 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29608 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29609 multi-line comments.
29610
29611
29612 INDENTATION:
29613 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29614 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29615 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29616 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29617
29618 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29619 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29620 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29621 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29622
29623 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29624 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29625 and vice versa.
29626
29627 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29628 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29629
29630
29631 ALIGNMENT:
29632 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29633 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29634 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29635 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29636 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29637 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29638 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29639 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29640
29641 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29642 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29643 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29644 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29645 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29646 is non-nil.
29647
29648 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29649 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29650 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29651
29652 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29653 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29654
29655
29656 CODE FILLING:
29657 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29658 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29659 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29660 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29661 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29662 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29663
29664
29665 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29666 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29667 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29668 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29669 command:
29670
29671 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29672
29673
29674 PORT TRANSLATION:
29675 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29676 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29677 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29678 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29679 internal signal initializations (menu).
29680
29681 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29682 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29683 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29684
29685 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29686 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29687 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29688 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29689 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29690 in subsequent paste operations.)
29691
29692 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29693 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29694 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29695
29696
29697 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29698 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29699 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29700 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29701 association list with formals).
29702
29703
29704 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29705 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29706 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29707 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29708 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29709 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29710 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29711 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29712 `vhdl-testbench'.
29713
29714
29715 KEY BINDINGS:
29716 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29717
29718
29719 VHDL MENU:
29720 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29721
29722
29723 FILE BROWSER:
29724 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29725 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29726 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29727
29728 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29729 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29730
29731
29732 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29733 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29734 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29735 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29736
29737 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29738 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29739 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29740
29741 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29742 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29743 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29744 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29745
29746 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29747 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29748 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29749 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29750 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29751
29752 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29753 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29754 required by secondary units.
29755
29756
29757 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29758 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29759 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29760 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29761 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29762 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29763 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29764 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29765 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29766 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29767 inputs to this component -> input port created
29768 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29769 outputs from this component -> output port created
29770 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29771 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29772
29773 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29774 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29775 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29776 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29777 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29778
29779 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29780 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29781
29782 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29783 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29784 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29785 component instantiation is also supported (option
29786 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29787
29788 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29789 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29790 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29791 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29792 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29793 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29794 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29795 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29796 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29797 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29798 | generating the configuration.
29799 |
29800 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29801 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29802 | configurations in speedbar.
29803
29804 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29805
29806
29807 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29808 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29809 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29810 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29811 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29812 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29813 information. New compilers can be added.
29814
29815 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29816 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29817
29818
29819 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29820 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29821 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29822 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29823 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29824
29825 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29826 command:
29827
29828 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29829 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29830 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29831
29832 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29833 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29834 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29835 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29836 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29837 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29838 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29839
29840 Limitations:
29841 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29842 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29843 not (yet) supported.
29844 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29845 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29846 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29847
29848
29849 PROJECTS:
29850 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29851 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29852 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29853 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29854 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29855 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29856 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29857 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29858
29859 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29860 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29861 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29862 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29863 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29864 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29865 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29866 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29867 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29868 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29869 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29870
29871
29872 SPECIAL MENUES:
29873 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29874 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29875 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29876 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29877 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29878 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29879 current directory for VHDL source files.
29880
29881
29882 VHDL STANDARDS:
29883 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29884 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29885
29886
29887 KEYWORD CASE:
29888 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29889 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29890 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29891 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29892 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
29893 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29894 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29895 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29896
29897
29898 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29899 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29900 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29901 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29902 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29903 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29904 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29905
29906 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29907 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29908 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29909 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
29910 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29911 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29912
29913 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29914 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29915 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
29916 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29917 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29918 visually.
29919
29920 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29921 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
29922 highlighted if written in lower case.
29923
29924 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29925 highlighted using a different background color if option
29926 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29927
29928 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29929 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
29930 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29931 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29932 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29933
29934
29935 USER MODELS:
29936 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29937 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29938 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29939
29940
29941 HIDE/SHOW:
29942 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29943 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29944 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29945 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
29946 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29947
29948
29949 CODE UPDATING:
29950 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29951 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29952 Limitations:
29953 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29954 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29955 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29956 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29957 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29958 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29959 (used to obtain the port names).
29960
29961
29962 CODE FIXING:
29963 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29964 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29965
29966
29967 PRINTING:
29968 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29969 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29970 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29971 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29972 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29973 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
29974 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29975 printers.
29976
29977
29978 OPTIONS:
29979 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
29980 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
29981 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29982 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
29983 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29984
29985 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29986 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29987 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
29988 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29989 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29990 INSTALL file).
29991
29992 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29993 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29994
29995
29996 FILE EXTENSIONS:
29997 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29998 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
29999 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30000
30001 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30002
30003
30004 HINTS:
30005 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30006 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30007
30008 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30009
30010 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30011
30012 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30013
30014
30015 RELEASE NOTES:
30016 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30017
30018
30019 Maintenance:
30020 ------------
30021
30022 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30023 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30024
30025 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30026
30027 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30028 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30029 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30030 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30031
30032 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30033 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30034 where the latest version can be found.
30035
30036
30037 Known problems:
30038 ---------------
30039
30040 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30041 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30042 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30043
30044
30045 The VHDL Mode Authors
30046 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30047
30048 Key bindings:
30049 -------------
30050
30051 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30052
30053 \(fn)" t nil)
30054
30055 ;;;***
30056 \f
30057 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17817 14136))
30058 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30059
30060 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
30061 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30062 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30063 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30064
30065 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30066 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30067 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30068 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30069 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30070
30071 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30072 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30073
30074 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30075
30076 * Limitations and unsupported features
30077 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30078 not supported.
30079 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30080 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30081
30082 * Modifications
30083 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30084 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30085 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30086 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30087 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30088 for undoing a repeated change command.
30089 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30090 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30091 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30092
30093 * Extensions
30094 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30095 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30096 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30097 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30098 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30099 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30100 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30101 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30102
30103 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30104
30105 \(fn)" t nil)
30106
30107 ;;;***
30108 \f
30109 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30110 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30111 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30112 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17817 15478))
30113 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30114
30115 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
30116 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30117
30118 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30119
30120 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30121 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30122 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30123 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30124
30125 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30126
30127 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30128 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30129
30130 \(fn)" t nil)
30131
30132 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30133 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30134 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30135 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30136
30137 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30138
30139 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30140 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30141
30142 \(fn)" t nil)
30143
30144 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30145 Not documented
30146
30147 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30148
30149 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30150 Not documented
30151
30152 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30153
30154 ;;;***
30155 \f
30156 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
30157 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
30158 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17390
30159 ;;;;;; 26949))
30160 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30161
30162 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30163 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30164 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30165 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30166
30167 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
30168
30169 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
30170 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30171 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30172 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30173 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30174 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30175 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30176
30177 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30178
30179 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30180
30181 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
30182 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30183 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
30184 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30185 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30186 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30187 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30188 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30189
30190 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30191
30192 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30193
30194 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
30195 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30196 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30197 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30198 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30199 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30200 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30201 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30202
30203 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30204
30205 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30206
30207 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
30208 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30209 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30210 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30211 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30212 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30213 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30214
30215 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30216
30217 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30218 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30219 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30220
30221 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30222
30223 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
30224 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30225 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30226 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30227 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30228 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30229 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30230 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30231
30232 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30233
30234 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30235 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30236 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30237
30238 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30239
30240 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
30241 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30242 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30243 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30244 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30245 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30246 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30247 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30248
30249 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30250
30251 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30252 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30253 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30254
30255 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30256
30257 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30258 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30259 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
30260
30261 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30262 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30263 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30264 read-only.
30265 \\<view-mode-map>
30266 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30267 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30268 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30269 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30270 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30271
30272 H, h, ? This message.
30273 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30274 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30275 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30276 > move to the end of buffer.
30277 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30278 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30279 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30280 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30281 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30282 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30283 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30284 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30285 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30286 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30287 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30288 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30289 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30290 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30291 Use this to view a changing file.
30292 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30293 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30294 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30295 . set the mark.
30296 x exchanges point and mark.
30297 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30298 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30299 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30300 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30301 ' go to position saved in character register.
30302 s do forward incremental search.
30303 r do reverse incremental search.
30304 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30305 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30306 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30307 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30308 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30309 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30310 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30311 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30312 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30313 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30314 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30315 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30316 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30317 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30318 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30319 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30320 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30321
30322 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30323 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30324 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30325 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30326 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30327 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30328 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30329 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30330 then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30331
30332 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30333
30334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30335
30336 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30337 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30338 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30339 `view-return-to-alist'.
30340 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30341 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30342 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30343
30344 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30345 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30346 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30347 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30348 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30349 1) nil Do nothing.
30350 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30351 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30352 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30353 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30354
30355 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30356
30357 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30358
30359 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30360
30361 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30362 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30363
30364 \(fn)" t nil)
30365
30366 ;;;***
30367 \f
30368 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17817
30369 ;;;;;; 13982))
30370 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30371
30372 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30373 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30374
30375 \(fn)" nil nil)
30376
30377 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30378 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30379
30380 \(fn)" t nil)
30381
30382 ;;;***
30383 \f
30384 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30385 ;;;;;; (17778 50473))
30386 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30387
30388 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30389 Toggle Viper on/off.
30390 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30391
30392 \(fn)" t nil)
30393
30394 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30395 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
30396
30397 \(fn)" t nil)
30398
30399 ;;;***
30400 \f
30401 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30402 ;;;;;; (17496 38727))
30403 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30404
30405 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30406 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30407 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30408 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30409 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30410 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30411 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30412 the beginning of the warning.")
30413
30414 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30415 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30416 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30417 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30418 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30419 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30420 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30421 also call that function before the next warning.")
30422
30423 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30424 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30425
30426 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30427 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30428 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30429 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30430
30431 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30432 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30433 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30434 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30435 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30436 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30437
30438 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30439 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30440 Default is :warning.
30441
30442 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30443 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30444 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30445 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30446 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30447 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30448
30449 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
30450 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
30451
30452 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30453
30454 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30455 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30456
30457 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30458
30459 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30460 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30461 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30462 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30463
30464 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30465 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30466 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30467 can be whatever you like.)
30468
30469 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30470 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30471
30472 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30473 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30474 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30475 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30476 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30477
30478 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30479
30480 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30481 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30482 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30483 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30484 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30485
30486 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30487
30488 ;;;***
30489 \f
30490 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30491 ;;;;;; (17817 14148))
30492 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30493
30494 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30495 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30496 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30497 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30498 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30499 in disk.
30500
30501 See `wdired-mode'.
30502
30503 \(fn)" t nil)
30504
30505 ;;;***
30506 \f
30507 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17817 14122))
30508 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30509
30510 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30511 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30512
30513 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30514 hotlist.
30515
30516 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30517 <nwv@acm.org>.
30518
30519 \(fn)" t nil)
30520
30521 ;;;***
30522 \f
30523 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30524 ;;;;;; (17611 10401))
30525 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30526 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30527 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30528
30529 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30530
30531 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30532 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30533 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30535 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
30536
30537 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30538
30539 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30540 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30541 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30542 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30543
30544 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30545 and off otherwise.
30546
30547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30548
30549 ;;;***
30550 \f
30551 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30552 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30553 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30554 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30555 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30556 ;;;;;; (17817 13977))
30557 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30558
30559 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30560 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30561
30562 \(fn)" t nil)
30563
30564 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30565 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30566
30567 \(fn)" t nil)
30568
30569 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30570 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30571
30572 \(fn)" t nil)
30573
30574 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30575 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30576
30577 \(fn)" t nil)
30578
30579 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30580 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30581
30582 \(fn)" t nil)
30583
30584 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30585 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30586 These are:
30587 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30588 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30589 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30590 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30591 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30592
30593 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30594 and:
30595 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30596 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30597
30598 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30599
30600 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30601 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30602
30603 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30604
30605 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30606 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30607 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30608 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30609 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30610
30611 \(fn)" t nil)
30612
30613 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30614 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30615
30616 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30617
30618 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30619
30620 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30621 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30622 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30623 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30624 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30625 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30626
30627 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30628
30629 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30630 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30631 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30632
30633 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30634 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30635
30636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30637
30638 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30639 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30640 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30641
30642 \(fn)" t nil)
30643
30644 ;;;***
30645 \f
30646 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30647 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17817 13977))
30648 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30649
30650 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30651 Browse the widget under point.
30652
30653 \(fn POS)" t nil)
30654
30655 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30656 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30657
30658 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30659
30660 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30661 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30662
30663 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30664
30665 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30666 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30667 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30668
30669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30670
30671 ;;;***
30672 \f
30673 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30674 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17778
30675 ;;;;;; 50479))
30676 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30677
30678 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30679 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30680
30681 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30682
30683 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30684 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30685 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30686
30687 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30688
30689 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30690 Create widget of TYPE.
30691 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30692
30693 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30694
30695 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30696 Delete WIDGET.
30697
30698 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30699
30700 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30701 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30702
30703 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30704
30705 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30706
30707 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30708 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30709 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30710
30711 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30712 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30713
30714 \(fn)" nil nil)
30715
30716 ;;;***
30717 \f
30718 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30719 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17817
30720 ;;;;;; 13977))
30721 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30722
30723 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30724 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30725 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30726 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30727 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30728 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30729 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30730
30731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30732
30733 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30734 Select the window above the current one.
30735 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30736 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30737 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30738 negative ARG) of the current window.
30739 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30740
30741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30742
30743 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30744 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30745 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30746 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30747 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30748 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30749 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30750
30751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30752
30753 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30754 Select the window below the current one.
30755 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30756 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30757 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30758 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30759 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30760
30761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30762
30763 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30764 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30765 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30766 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30767
30768 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30769
30770 ;;;***
30771 \f
30772 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30773 ;;;;;; (17390 26950))
30774 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30775
30776 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30777 Toggle Winner mode.
30778 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30779 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30780
30781 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
30782
30783 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30784 Toggle Winner mode.
30785 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30786
30787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30788
30789 ;;;***
30790 \f
30791 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30792 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17817 16161))
30793 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30794
30795 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30796 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30797 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30798 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30799 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30800 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30801 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30802 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30803
30804 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30805 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30806
30807 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30808
30809 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30810 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30811
30812 \(fn)" t nil)
30813
30814 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30815 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30816 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30817 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30818 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30819 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30820 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30821 `woman' command for further details.
30822
30823 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30824
30825 ;;;***
30826 \f
30827 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30828 ;;;;;; (17817 13982))
30829 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30830
30831 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30832 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30833
30834 BUGS:
30835 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30836 are not implemented
30837 - Options for search and replace
30838 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30839 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30840
30841 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30842 Emacs-like.
30843
30844 The key bindings are:
30845
30846 C-a backward-word
30847 C-b fill-paragraph
30848 C-c scroll-up-line
30849 C-d forward-char
30850 C-e previous-line
30851 C-f forward-word
30852 C-g delete-char
30853 C-h backward-char
30854 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30855 C-j help-for-help
30856 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30857 C-l ws-repeat-search
30858 C-n open-line
30859 C-p quoted-insert
30860 C-r scroll-down-line
30861 C-s backward-char
30862 C-t kill-word
30863 C-u keyboard-quit
30864 C-v overwrite-mode
30865 C-w scroll-down
30866 C-x next-line
30867 C-y kill-complete-line
30868 C-z scroll-up
30869
30870 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30871 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30872 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30873 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30874 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30875 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30876 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30877 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30878 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30879 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30880 C-k b ws-begin-block
30881 C-k c ws-copy-block
30882 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30883 C-k f find-file
30884 C-k h ws-show-markers
30885 C-k i ws-indent-block
30886 C-k k ws-end-block
30887 C-k p ws-print-block
30888 C-k q kill-emacs
30889 C-k r insert-file
30890 C-k s save-some-buffers
30891 C-k t ws-mark-word
30892 C-k u ws-exdent-block
30893 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
30894 C-k v ws-move-block
30895 C-k w ws-write-block
30896 C-k x kill-emacs
30897 C-k y ws-delete-block
30898
30899 C-o c wordstar-center-line
30900 C-o b switch-to-buffer
30901 C-o j justify-current-line
30902 C-o k kill-buffer
30903 C-o l list-buffers
30904 C-o m auto-fill-mode
30905 C-o r set-fill-column
30906 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
30907 C-o wd delete-other-windows
30908 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
30909 C-o wo other-window
30910 C-o wv split-window-vertically
30911
30912 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
30913 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
30914 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
30915 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
30916 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
30917 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
30918 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
30919 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
30920 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
30921 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
30922 C-q a ws-query-replace
30923 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
30924 C-q c end-of-buffer
30925 C-q d end-of-line
30926 C-q f ws-search
30927 C-q k ws-to-block-end
30928 C-q l ws-undo
30929 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
30930 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
30931 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
30932 C-q w ws-last-error
30933 C-q y ws-kill-eol
30934 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
30935
30936 \(fn)" t nil)
30937
30938 ;;;***
30939 \f
30940 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30941 ;;;;;; (17611 9421))
30942 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30943
30944 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30945 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30946 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30947 Returns the top node with all its children.
30948 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30949 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30950
30951 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30952
30953 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30954 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30955 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30956 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30957 is not well-formed XML.
30958 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30959 and returned as the first element of the list.
30960 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30961
30962 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30963
30964 ;;;***
30965 \f
30966 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17390
30967 ;;;;;; 26950))
30968 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30969
30970 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30971 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30972 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
30973 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30974 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30975
30976 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
30977
30978 (put (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
30979
30980 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30981 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30982 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30983
30984 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30985 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
30986 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
30987 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
30988 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30989 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30990
30991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30992
30993 ;;;***
30994 \f
30995 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30996 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17383 38805))
30997 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30998
30999 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
31000 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31001
31002 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31003
31004 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
31005 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31006
31007 \(fn)" nil nil)
31008
31009 ;;;***
31010 \f
31011 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31012 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17817 14126))
31013 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31014
31015 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
31016 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31017
31018 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31019
31020 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
31021 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31022
31023 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31024
31025 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
31026 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31027 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31028
31029 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31030
31031 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
31032 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31033
31034 \(fn)" t nil)
31035
31036 ;;;***
31037 \f
31038 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17383 38807))
31039 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31040
31041 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
31042 Zone out, completely.
31043
31044 \(fn)" t nil)
31045
31046 ;;;***
31047 \f
31048 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
31049 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
31050 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
31051 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
31052 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
31053 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
31054 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31055 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31056 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
31057 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
31058 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
31059 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31060 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31061 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31062 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31063 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31064 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31065 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31066 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
31067 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
31068 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
31069 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
31070 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31071 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
31072 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31073 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
31074 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
31075 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
31076 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
31077 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31078 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31079 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
31080 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31081 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
31082 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31083 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31084 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31085 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-menu.el"
31086 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-nicklist.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31087 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31088 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31089 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31090 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31091 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
31092 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
31093 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
31094 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
31095 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el"
31096 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el"
31097 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31098 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31099 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31100 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31101 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31102 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31103 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31104 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31105 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31106 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
31107 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
31108 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31109 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
31110 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
31111 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31112 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31113 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31114 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
31115 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31116 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
31117 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31118 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
31119 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
31120 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
31121 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31122 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
31123 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
31124 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
31125 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
31126 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
31127 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
31128 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
31129 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
31130 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
31131 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
31132 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
31133 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
31134 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
31135 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
31136 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
31137 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
31138 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
31139 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31140 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31141 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
31142 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
31143 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
31144 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
31145 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
31146 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31147 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31148 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31149 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
31150 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
31151 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
31152 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
31153 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/bg-mouse.el"
31154 ;;;;;; "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
31155 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
31156 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31157 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31158 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31159 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31160 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31161 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31162 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31163 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31164 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31165 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
31166 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31167 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "term/apollo.el"
31168 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el" "term/linux.el"
31169 ;;;;;; "term/lk201.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun.el"
31170 ;;;;;; "term/tty-colors.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
31171 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
31172 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "termdev.el"
31173 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
31174 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
31175 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
31176 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
31177 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
31178 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31179 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
31180 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31181 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
31182 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
31183 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
31184 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17817 17746 543314))
31185
31186 ;;;***
31187 \f
31188 ;;; Local Variables:
31189 ;;; version-control: never
31190 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
31191 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
31192 ;;; End:
31193 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here